1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
290       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
291                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
292                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
384 
385     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
386     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
387     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
388     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
389       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
390         // Construct a type with type-source information.
391         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
392         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
393 
394         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
395         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
396         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
397         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
398         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
399       } else {
400         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
401       }
402     }
403   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
404     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
405     if (!HasTrailingDot)
406       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
407   }
408 
409   if (T.isNull()) {
410     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
411     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
412     return ParsedType();
413   }
414   return ParsedType::make(T);
415 }
416 
417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
418 static NestedNameSpecifier *
419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
420   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
421     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
422     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
423     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
424       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
425     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
426       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
427                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
428     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
429       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
430   }
431   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
432 }
433 
434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
435                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
436   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
437   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
438   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
439 
440   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
441   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
442   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
443   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
444       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
445   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
446 
447   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
448   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
449   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
450   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
451   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
452 
453   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
454   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
455   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
456   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
457   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
458   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
459 }
460 
461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
467   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
468   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
469   LookupName(R, S, false);
470   R.suppressDiagnostics();
471   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
472     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
473       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
474       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
475       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
476       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
477       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
478       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
479       }
480     }
481 
482   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
483 }
484 
485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
489 /// @code
490 /// template<class T> class A {
491 /// public:
492 ///   typedef int TYPE;
493 /// };
494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
495 /// public:
496 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
497 /// };
498 /// @endcode
499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
500   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
501     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
502       return true;
503 
504     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
505 
506     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
507     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
508       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
509         return true;
510     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
511   }
512   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
513 }
514 
515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
516                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
517                                    Scope *S,
518                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
519                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
520                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
521   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
522   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
523 
524   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
525   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
526   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
527   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
528                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
529                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
530     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
531       // We corrected to a keyword.
532       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
533       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
534     } else {
535       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
536       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
537         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
538                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
539       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
540         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
541         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
542                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
543         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
544                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
545                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
546       } else {
547         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
548       }
549 
550       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
551       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
552         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
553                           SourceRange(IILoc));
554       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
555                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
556                                   false, ParsedType(),
557                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
558                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
559     }
560     return;
561   }
562 
563   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
564     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
565     UnqualifiedId Name;
566     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
567     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
568     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
569     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
570     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
571                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
572                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
573       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
574       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
575       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
576         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
577           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
578       }
579       return;
580     }
581   }
582 
583   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
584   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
585 
586   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
587     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
588   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
589     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
590       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
591   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
592     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
593     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
594       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
595 
596     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
597       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
598       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
599       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
600     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
601                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
602   } else {
603     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
604            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
605   }
606 }
607 
608 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
609 /// or
610 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
611   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
612                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
613 
614   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
615     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
616       return true;
617 
618     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
619       return true;
620   }
621 
622   return false;
623 }
624 
625 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
626                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
627                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
628                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
629   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
630   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
631   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
632     StringRef FixItTagName;
633     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
634       case TTK_Class:
635         FixItTagName = "class ";
636         break;
637 
638       case TTK_Enum:
639         FixItTagName = "enum ";
640         break;
641 
642       case TTK_Struct:
643         FixItTagName = "struct ";
644         break;
645 
646       case TTK_Interface:
647         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
648         break;
649 
650       case TTK_Union:
651         FixItTagName = "union ";
652         break;
653     }
654 
655     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
656     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
657       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
658       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
659 
660     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
661          I != IEnd; ++I)
662       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
663         << Name << TagName;
664 
665     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
666     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
667     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
668     return true;
669   }
670 
671   return false;
672 }
673 
674 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
675 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
676                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
677   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
678 
679   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
680   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
681 
682   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
683   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
684   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
685   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
686   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
687 }
688 
689 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
690                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
691                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
692                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
693                                             const Token &NextToken,
694                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
695                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
696   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
697   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
698 
699   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
700     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
701                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
702   }
703 
704   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
705   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
706   if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
707     LookupInSuper(Result, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
708   else
709     LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
710 
711   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
712   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
713   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
714     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
715             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
716       return TypeInBase;
717   }
718 
719   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
720   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
721   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
722   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
723   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
724     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
725     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
726       return E;
727   }
728 
729   bool SecondTry = false;
730   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
731 
732 Corrected:
733   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
734   case LookupResult::NotFound:
735     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
736     // call.
737     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
738       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
739       // FIXME: Reference?
740       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
741         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
742 
743       // C90 6.3.2.2:
744       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
745       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
746       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
747       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
748       //   the function call, the declaration
749       //
750       //     extern int identifier ();
751       //
752       //   appeared.
753       //
754       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
755       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
756         Result.addDecl(D);
757         Result.resolveKind();
758         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
759       }
760     }
761 
762     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
763     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
764     // "struct", or "union".
765     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
766         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
767       break;
768     }
769 
770     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
771     // close to this name.
772     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
773       SecondTry = true;
774       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
775                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
776                                                  &SS, *CCC,
777                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
778         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
779         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
780 
781         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
782         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
783           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
784         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
785             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
786           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
787           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
788         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
789                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
790                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
791                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
792           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
793           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
794         }
795 
796         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
797           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
798         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
799           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
800           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
801                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
802           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
803                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
804                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
805         }
806 
807         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
808         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
809 
810         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
811         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
812           return Name;
813 
814         // Also update the LookupResult...
815         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
816         Result.clear();
817         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
818         if (FirstDecl)
819           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
820 
821         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
822         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
823         // reference the ivar.
824         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
825         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
826           Result.clear();
827           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
828           return E;
829         }
830 
831         goto Corrected;
832       }
833     }
834 
835     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
836     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
837     return NameClassification::Unknown();
838 
839   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
840     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
841     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
842     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
843 
844     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
845     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
846     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
847     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
848     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
849     //
850     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
851     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
852     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
853     // keyword here.
854     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
855                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
856                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
857   }
858 
859   case LookupResult::Found:
860   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
861   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
862     break;
863 
864   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
865     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
866         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
867       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
868       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
869       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
870       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
871       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
872       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
873       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
874       //   ambiguous.
875       //
876       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
877       // so try again after filtering out template names.
878       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
879       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
880         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
881         break;
882       }
883     }
884 
885     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
886     return NameClassification::Error();
887   }
888 
889   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
890       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
891     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
892     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
893     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
894     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
895     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
896     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
897     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
898       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
899 
900     if (!Result.empty()) {
901       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
902       bool IsVarTemplate;
903       TemplateName Template;
904       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
905         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
906         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
907                                                      Result.end());
908       } else {
909         TemplateDecl *TD
910           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
911         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
912         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
913 
914         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
915           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
916                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
917                                                       TD);
918         else
919           Template = TemplateName(TD);
920       }
921 
922       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
923         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
924         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
925         // to based on which function we selected.
926         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
927 
928         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
929       }
930 
931       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
932                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
933     }
934   }
935 
936   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
937   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
938     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
939     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
940     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
941     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
942       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
943     return ParsedType::make(T);
944   }
945 
946   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
947   if (!Class) {
948     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
949     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
950             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
951       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
952   }
953 
954   if (Class) {
955     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
956 
957     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
958       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
959       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
960       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
961       return NameClassification::Unknown();
962     }
963 
964     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
965     return ParsedType::make(T);
966   }
967 
968   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
969   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
970     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
971         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
972 
973   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
974   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
975   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
976   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
977        (NextIsOp &&
978         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
979       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
980     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
981     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
982     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
983     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
984       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
985     return ParsedType::make(T);
986   }
987 
988   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
989     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
990                                            nullptr);
991 
992   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
993   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
994 }
995 
996 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
997 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
998 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
999 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
1000 
1001   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
1002   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
1003   // the context we'll need to return to.
1004   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1005   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1006   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1007   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1008   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1009   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1010   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1011   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1012   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1013   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1014     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1015 
1016     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1017     // lexical context.
1018     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1019       return DC;
1020 
1021     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1022     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1023     // class is the context we need to return to.
1024     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1025       DC = RD;
1026 
1027     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1028     // declared in.
1029     return DC;
1030   }
1031 
1032   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1033 }
1034 
1035 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1036   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1037       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1038   CurContext = DC;
1039   S->setEntity(DC);
1040 }
1041 
1042 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1043   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1044 
1045   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1046   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1047 }
1048 
1049 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1050 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1051 ///
1052 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1053   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1054   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1055   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1056   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1057   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1058   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1059   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1060   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1061   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1062   //   namespace.
1063   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1064   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1065   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1066   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1067   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1068 
1069   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1070 
1071 #ifndef NDEBUG
1072   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1073   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1074   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1075 #endif
1076 
1077   CurContext = DC;
1078   S->setEntity(DC);
1079 }
1080 
1081 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1082   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1083 
1084   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1085   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1086   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1087   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1088   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1089 
1090   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1091   // disappear.
1092 }
1093 
1094 
1095 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1096   // We assume that the caller has already called
1097   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1098   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1099   if (!FD)
1100     return;
1101 
1102   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1103   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1104   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1105     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1106   CurContext = FD;
1107   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1108 
1109   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1110     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1111     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1112     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1113       S->AddDecl(Param);
1114       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1115     }
1116   }
1117 }
1118 
1119 
1120 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1121   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1122   // rather than the top-level class.
1123   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1124   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1125   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1126 }
1127 
1128 
1129 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1130 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1131 ///
1132 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1133 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1134 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1135 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1136 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1137 /// attribute.
1138 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1139                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1140   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1141     return true;
1142 
1143   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1144     return true;
1145 
1146   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1147           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1148 }
1149 
1150 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1151 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1152   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1153   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1154   // scope.
1155   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1156     S = S->getParent();
1157 
1158   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1159   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1160   // into any context.
1161   if (AddToContext)
1162     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1163 
1164   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1165   // are function-local declarations.
1166   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1167       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1168         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1169       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1170     return;
1171 
1172   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1173   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1174       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1175     return;
1176 
1177   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1178   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1179                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1180   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1181     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1182       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1183       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1184 
1185       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1186       break;
1187     }
1188   }
1189 
1190   S->AddDecl(D);
1191 
1192   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1193     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1194     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1195     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1196     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1197       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1198       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1199         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1200           continue;
1201       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1202         break;
1203     }
1204 
1205     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1206   } else {
1207     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1208   }
1209 }
1210 
1211 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1212   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1213     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1214 }
1215 
1216 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1217                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1218   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1219 }
1220 
1221 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1222   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1223   do {
1224     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1225       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1226         return S;
1227   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1228 
1229   return nullptr;
1230 }
1231 
1232 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1233                                             DeclContext*,
1234                                             ASTContext&);
1235 
1236 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1237 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1238 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1239                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1240                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1241   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1242   while (F.hasNext()) {
1243     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1244 
1245     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1246       continue;
1247 
1248     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1249       continue;
1250 
1251     F.erase();
1252   }
1253 
1254   F.done();
1255 }
1256 
1257 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1258   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1259          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1260          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1261 }
1262 
1263 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1264 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1265   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1266   while (F.hasNext())
1267     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1268       F.erase();
1269 
1270   F.done();
1271 }
1272 
1273 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1274 /// @code
1275 /// class S {
1276 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1277 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1278 /// };
1279 /// @endcode
1280 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1281   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1282   // the decl here.
1283   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1284     return false;
1285 
1286   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1287     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1288   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1289     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1290   return false;
1291 }
1292 
1293 // We need this to handle
1294 //
1295 // typedef struct {
1296 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1297 // } A;
1298 //
1299 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1300 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1301 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1302 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1303 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1304 // not.
1305 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1306   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1307   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1308     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1309       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1310         return true;
1311     }
1312     DC = DC->getParent();
1313   }
1314 
1315   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1316 }
1317 
1318 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1319 // these semantics.
1320 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1321   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1322     return false;
1323   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1324 }
1325 
1326 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1327   assert(D);
1328 
1329   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1330     return false;
1331 
1332   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1333   // of members of class templates.
1334   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1335       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1336     return false;
1337 
1338   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1339     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1340       return false;
1341 
1342     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1343       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1344         return false;
1345     } else {
1346       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1347       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1348         return false;
1349     }
1350 
1351     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1352         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1353       return false;
1354   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1355     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1356     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1357     // like "inline".)
1358     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1359       return false;
1360 
1361     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1362       return false;
1363 
1364     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1365         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1366       return false;
1367   } else {
1368     return false;
1369   }
1370 
1371   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1372   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1373   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1374   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1375 }
1376 
1377 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1378   if (!D)
1379     return;
1380 
1381   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1382     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1383     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1384       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1385   }
1386 
1387   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1388     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1389     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1390       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1391   }
1392 
1393   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1394     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1395 }
1396 
1397 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1398   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1399     return false;
1400 
1401   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1402       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1403     return false;
1404 
1405   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1406     return true;
1407 
1408   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1409   // functions.
1410   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1411   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1412     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1413     WithinFunction =
1414         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1415   if (!WithinFunction)
1416     return false;
1417 
1418   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1419     return true;
1420 
1421   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1422   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1423     return false;
1424 
1425   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1426   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1427 
1428     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1429     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1430 
1431     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1432     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1433       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1434         return false;
1435     }
1436 
1437     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1438     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1439     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1440       return false;
1441 
1442     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1443       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1444       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1445         return false;
1446 
1447       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1448         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1449           return false;
1450 
1451         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1452           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1453                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1454             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1455           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1456             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1457           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1458             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1459             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1460               return false;
1461           }
1462         }
1463       }
1464     }
1465 
1466     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1467   }
1468 
1469   return true;
1470 }
1471 
1472 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1473                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1474   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1475     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1476                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1477     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1478       return;
1479     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1480                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1481   }
1482   return;
1483 }
1484 
1485 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1486   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1487     return;
1488 
1489   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1490     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1491       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1492     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1493       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1494   }
1495 }
1496 
1497 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1498 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1499 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1500   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1501     return;
1502 
1503   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1504     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1505     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1506     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1507     return;
1508   }
1509 
1510   FixItHint Hint;
1511   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1512 
1513   unsigned DiagID;
1514   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1515     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1516   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1517     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1518   else
1519     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1520 
1521   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1522 }
1523 
1524 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1525   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1526   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1527   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1528   // MS inline assembly label name.
1529   bool Diagnose = false;
1530   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1531     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1532   else
1533     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1534   if (Diagnose)
1535     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1536 }
1537 
1538 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1539   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1540 
1541   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1542   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1543          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1544 
1545   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1546     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1547 
1548     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1549     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1550 
1551     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1552 
1553     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1554     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1555       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1556       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1557         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1558     }
1559 
1560     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1561     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1562       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1563 
1564     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1565     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1566   }
1567 }
1568 
1569 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1570 ///
1571 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1572 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1573 /// to the fixed name.
1574 ///
1575 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1576 ///
1577 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1578 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1579 ///
1580 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1581 /// class could not be found.
1582 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1583                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1584                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1585   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1586   // creation from this context.
1587   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1588 
1589   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1590     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1591     // find an Objective-C class name.
1592     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1593     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1594                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1595                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1596       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1597       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1598       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1599     }
1600   }
1601   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1602   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1603   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1604       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1605   return Def;
1606 }
1607 
1608 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1609 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1610 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1611 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1612 /// ill-formed in C++:
1613 /// @code
1614 /// struct S6 {
1615 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1616 /// };
1617 ///
1618 /// void test_S6() {
1619 ///   struct S6 a;
1620 ///   a.e = BAR;
1621 /// }
1622 /// @endcode
1623 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1624 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1625 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1626 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1627 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1628 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1629 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1630 /// contain non-field names.
1631 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1632   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1633          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1634          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1635     S = S->getParent();
1636   return S;
1637 }
1638 
1639 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1640 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1641 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1642 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1643 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1644                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1645   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1646     return;
1647   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1648 
1649   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1650                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1651   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1652   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1653     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1654       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1655 }
1656 
1657 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1658   switch (Error) {
1659   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1660     return "";
1661   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1662     return "stdio.h";
1663   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1664     return "setjmp.h";
1665   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1666     return "ucontext.h";
1667   }
1668   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1669 }
1670 
1671 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1672 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1673 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1674 /// built-in.
1675 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1676                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1677                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1678   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1679 
1680   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1681   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1682   if (Error) {
1683     if (ForRedeclaration)
1684       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1685           << getHeaderName(Error)
1686           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1687     return nullptr;
1688   }
1689 
1690   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1691     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1692       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1693       << R;
1694     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1695         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1696       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1697           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1698           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1699   }
1700 
1701   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1702   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1703     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1704         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1705                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1706     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1707     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1708     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1709   }
1710 
1711   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1712                                            Parent,
1713                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1714                                            SC_Extern,
1715                                            false,
1716                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1717   New->setImplicit();
1718 
1719   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1720   // FunctionDecl.
1721   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1722     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1723     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1724       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1725           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1726                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1727                               SC_None, nullptr);
1728       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1729       Params.push_back(parm);
1730     }
1731     New->setParams(Params);
1732   }
1733 
1734   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1735   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1736 
1737   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1738   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1739   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1740   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1741   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1742   CurContext = Parent;
1743   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1744   CurContext = SavedContext;
1745   return New;
1746 }
1747 
1748 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1749 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1750 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1751 /// entity.
1752 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1753                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1754                                               LookupResult &previous){
1755   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1756   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1757     return;
1758 
1759   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1760   if (previous.empty())
1761     return;
1762 
1763   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1764   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1765     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1766 
1767     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1768     if (!old->isHidden())
1769       continue;
1770 
1771     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1772       filter.erase();
1773   }
1774 
1775   filter.done();
1776 }
1777 
1778 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1779 /// entity if their types are the same.
1780 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1781 /// isSameEntity.
1782 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1783                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1784                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1785   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1786   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1787     return;
1788 
1789   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1790   if (Previous.empty())
1791     return;
1792 
1793   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1794   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1795     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1796 
1797     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1798     if (!Old->isHidden())
1799       continue;
1800 
1801     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1802     // different linkages.
1803     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1804       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1805                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1806         continue;
1807 
1808     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1809       Filter.erase();
1810   }
1811 
1812   Filter.done();
1813 }
1814 
1815 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1816   QualType OldType;
1817   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1818     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1819   else
1820     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1821   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1822 
1823   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1824     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1825     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1826     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1827       << Kind << NewType;
1828     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1829       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1830     New->setInvalidDecl();
1831     return true;
1832   }
1833 
1834   if (OldType != NewType &&
1835       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1836       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1837       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1838     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1839     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1840       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1841     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1842       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1843     New->setInvalidDecl();
1844     return true;
1845   }
1846   return false;
1847 }
1848 
1849 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1850 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1851 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1852 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1853 ///
1854 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1855   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1856   // merging checks.
1857   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1858 
1859   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1860   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1861   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1862     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1863     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1864     default: break;
1865     case 2:
1866       {
1867         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1868           break;
1869         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1870         if (!T->isPointerType())
1871           break;
1872         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1873           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1874           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1875             break;
1876         }
1877         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1878         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1879         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1880         return;
1881       }
1882     case 5:
1883       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1884         break;
1885       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1886       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1887       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1888       return;
1889     case 3:
1890       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1891         break;
1892       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1893       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1894       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1895       return;
1896     }
1897     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1898   }
1899 
1900   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1901   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1902   if (!Old) {
1903     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1904       << New->getDeclName();
1905 
1906     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1907     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1908       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1909 
1910     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1911   }
1912 
1913   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1914   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1915     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1916 
1917   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1918   // with any extensions enabled.
1919   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1920     return;
1921 
1922   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1923   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1924   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1925     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1926     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1927   }
1928 
1929   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1930     return;
1931 
1932   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1933     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1934     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1935     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1936     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1937     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1938       return;
1939 
1940     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1941     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1942     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1943     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1944     //
1945     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1946     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1947     //
1948     //   struct S {
1949     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1950     //   };
1951     //
1952     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1953     // allow the above but disallow
1954     //
1955     //   struct S {
1956     //     typedef int I;
1957     //     typedef int I;
1958     //   };
1959     //
1960     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1961     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1962       return;
1963 
1964     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1965       << New->getDeclName();
1966     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1967     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1968   }
1969 
1970   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1971   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1972     return;
1973 
1974   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1975   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1976   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1977   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1978   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1979       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1980        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1981     return;
1982 
1983   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1984     << New->getDeclName();
1985   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1986   return;
1987 }
1988 
1989 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1990 /// attribute.
1991 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1992   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1993   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1994   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1995     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1996       if (Ann) {
1997         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1998           return true;
1999         continue;
2000       }
2001       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2002       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2003         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2004       return true;
2005     }
2006 
2007   return false;
2008 }
2009 
2010 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2011   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2012     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2013   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2014     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2015   return true;
2016 }
2017 
2018 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2019 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2020 ///
2021 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2022 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2023   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2024   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2025   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2026   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2027   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2028   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2029     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2030     // in a case like:
2031     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2032     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2033     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2034     // definition in such a case.
2035     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2036       return false;
2037 
2038     if (I->isAlignas())
2039       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2040 
2041     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2042     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2043       OldAlign = Align;
2044       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2045     }
2046   }
2047 
2048   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2049   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2050   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2051   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2052     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2053       return false;
2054 
2055     if (I->isAlignas())
2056       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2057 
2058     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2059     if (Align > NewAlign)
2060       NewAlign = Align;
2061   }
2062 
2063   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2064     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2065     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2066     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2067     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2068 
2069     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2070     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2071     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2072       QualType Ty;
2073       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2074         Ty = VD->getType();
2075       else
2076         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2077 
2078       if (OldAlign == 0)
2079         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2080       if (NewAlign == 0)
2081         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2082     }
2083 
2084     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2085       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2086         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2087         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2088       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2089     }
2090   }
2091 
2092   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2093     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2094     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2095     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2096     //   equivalent alignment.
2097     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2098     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2099     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2100     //   have no alignment specifier.
2101     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2102       << OldAlignasAttr;
2103     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2104       << OldAlignasAttr;
2105   }
2106 
2107   bool AnyAdded = false;
2108 
2109   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2110   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2111     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2112     Clone->setInherited(true);
2113     New->addAttr(Clone);
2114     AnyAdded = true;
2115   }
2116 
2117   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2118   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2119       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2120     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2121     Clone->setInherited(true);
2122     New->addAttr(Clone);
2123     AnyAdded = true;
2124   }
2125 
2126   return AnyAdded;
2127 }
2128 
2129 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2130                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2131   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2132   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2133   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2134     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2135                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2136                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2137                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2138                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2139   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2140     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2141                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2142   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2143     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2144                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2145   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2146     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2147                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2148   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2149     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2150                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2151   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2152     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2153                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2154                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2155   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2156     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2157                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2158   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2159     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2160                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2161                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2162   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2163     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2164     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2165     NewAttr = nullptr;
2166   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2167     NewAttr = nullptr;
2168   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2169     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2170 
2171   if (NewAttr) {
2172     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2173     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2174     return true;
2175   }
2176 
2177   return false;
2178 }
2179 
2180 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2181   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2182     return TD->getDefinition();
2183   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2184     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2185     if (Def)
2186       return Def;
2187     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2188   }
2189   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2190     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2191     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2192       return Def;
2193   }
2194   return nullptr;
2195 }
2196 
2197 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2198   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2199     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2200       return true;
2201   return false;
2202 }
2203 
2204 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2205 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2206 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2207   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2208     return;
2209 
2210   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2211   if (!Def || Def == New)
2212     return;
2213 
2214   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2215   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2216     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2217 
2218     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2219       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2220         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2221       else {
2222         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2223         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2224                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2225                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2226                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2227         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2228         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2229         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2230       }
2231       ++I;
2232       continue;
2233     }
2234 
2235     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2236       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2237       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2238         ++I;
2239         continue;
2240       }
2241     }
2242 
2243     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2244       ++I;
2245       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2246     }
2247 
2248     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2249       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2250       ++I;
2251       continue;
2252     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2253       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2254         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2255         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2256         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2257         //   equivalent alignment.
2258         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2259         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2260         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2261         //   have no alignment specifier.
2262         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2263           << AA;
2264         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2265           << AA;
2266         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2267         --E;
2268         continue;
2269       }
2270     }
2271 
2272     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2273            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2274     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2275     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2276     --E;
2277   }
2278 }
2279 
2280 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2281 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2282                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2283   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2284     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2285     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2286     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2287   }
2288 
2289   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2290     return;
2291 
2292   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2293   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2294 
2295   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2296     return;
2297 
2298   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2299 
2300   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2301   // we process them.
2302   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2303 
2304   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2305     bool Override = false;
2306     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2307     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2308         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2309         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2310       switch (AMK) {
2311       case AMK_None:
2312         continue;
2313 
2314       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2315         break;
2316 
2317       case AMK_Override:
2318         Override = true;
2319         break;
2320       }
2321     }
2322 
2323     // Already handled.
2324     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2325       continue;
2326 
2327     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2328       foundAny = true;
2329   }
2330 
2331   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2332     foundAny = true;
2333 
2334   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2335 }
2336 
2337 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2338 /// to the new one.
2339 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2340                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2341                                      Sema &S) {
2342   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2343   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2344   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2345   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2346   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2347   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2348     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2349            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2350     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2351     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2352     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2353       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2354     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2355       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2356     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2357            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2358   }
2359 
2360   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2361     return;
2362 
2363   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2364 
2365   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2366   // done before we process them.
2367   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2368 
2369   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2370     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2371       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2372         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2373       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2374       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2375       foundAny = true;
2376     }
2377   }
2378 
2379   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2380 }
2381 
2382 namespace {
2383 
2384 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2385 /// C.
2386 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2387   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2388   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2389   QualType PromotedType;
2390 };
2391 
2392 }
2393 
2394 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2395 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2396   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2397     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2398       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2399 
2400     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2401       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2402 
2403     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2404       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2405   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2406     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2407   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2408     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2409   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2410     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2411   }
2412 
2413   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2414 }
2415 
2416 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2417 // declaration, or a declaration.
2418 template <typename T>
2419 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2420 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2421   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2422   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2423   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2424     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2425   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2426     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2427     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2428       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2429   } else
2430     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2431   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2432 }
2433 
2434 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2435 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2436 /// GNU89 mode.
2437 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2438                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2439   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2440           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2441           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2442           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2443 }
2444 
2445 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2446   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2447   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2448     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2449   return AT;
2450 }
2451 
2452 template <typename T>
2453 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2454   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2455   if (DC->isRecord())
2456     return false;
2457 
2458   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2459   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2460     return true;
2461   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2462     return true;
2463   return false;
2464 }
2465 
2466 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2467 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2468 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2469 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2470 ///
2471 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2472 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2473 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2474 /// merged with.
2475 ///
2476 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2477 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2478                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2479   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2480   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2481   if (!Old) {
2482     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2483       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2484         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2485         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2486              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2487         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2488              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2489         return true;
2490       }
2491 
2492       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2493       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2494       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2495       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2496       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2497 
2498       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2499       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2500       if (Old &&
2501           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2502               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2503           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2504         Old = nullptr;
2505 
2506       if (!Old) {
2507         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2508         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2509              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2510         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2511         return true;
2512       }
2513       OldD = Old;
2514     } else {
2515       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2516         << New->getDeclName();
2517       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2518       return true;
2519     }
2520   }
2521 
2522   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2523   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2524     return true;
2525 
2526   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2527   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2528   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2529       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2530 
2531   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2532   // is an extern inline function.
2533   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2534   // storage classes.
2535   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2536       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2537       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2538       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2539       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2540     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2541       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2542       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2543     } else {
2544       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2545       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2546       return true;
2547     }
2548   }
2549 
2550 
2551   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2552   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2553   // convention of the first.
2554   //
2555   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2556   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2557   //
2558   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2559   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2560   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2561   //
2562   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2563   // other tests to run.
2564   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2565   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2566   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2567   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2568   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2569   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2570   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2571 
2572   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2573     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2574     const FunctionType *FT =
2575         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2576     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2577     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2578     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2579       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2580       // there but not here.
2581       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2582       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2583     } else {
2584       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2585       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2586       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2587         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2588         << !FirstCCExplicit
2589         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2590             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2591 
2592       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2593       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2594       return true;
2595     }
2596   }
2597 
2598   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2599   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2600     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2601     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2602   }
2603 
2604   // Merge regparm attribute.
2605   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2606       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2607     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2608       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2609         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2610         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2611       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2612       return true;
2613     }
2614 
2615     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2616     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2617   }
2618 
2619   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2620   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2621     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2622       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2623       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2624       return true;
2625     }
2626 
2627     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2628     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2629   }
2630 
2631   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2632     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2633     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2634     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2635     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2636     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2637   }
2638 
2639   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2640   // UndefinedButUsed.
2641   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2642       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2643       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2644       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2645       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2646     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2647                                            SourceLocation()));
2648 
2649   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2650   // about it.
2651   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2652       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2653     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2654   }
2655 
2656   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2657     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2658     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2659     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2660     //        cannot be overloaded.
2661 
2662     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2663     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2664     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2665     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2666     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2667     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2668         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2669              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2670              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2671     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2672         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2673              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2674              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2675     QualType ResQT;
2676     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2677         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2678           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2679       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2680           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2681         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2682       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2683         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2684           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2685               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2686         else
2687           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2688               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2689         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2690                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2691         return true;
2692       }
2693       else
2694         NewQType = ResQT;
2695     }
2696 
2697     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2698     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2699     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2700       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2701       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2702       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2703       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2704         New->setType(
2705             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2706                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2707                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2708         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2709             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2710                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2711                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2712       }
2713     }
2714 
2715     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2716     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2717     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2718       // Preserve triviality.
2719       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2720 
2721       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2722       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2723       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2724       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2725                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2726                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2727       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2728 
2729       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2730           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2731         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2732         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2733         //       is a static member function declaration.
2734         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2735           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2736           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2737           return true;
2738         }
2739 
2740         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2741         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2742         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2743         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2744         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2745           unsigned NewDiag;
2746           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2747             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2748           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2749             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2750           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2751             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2752           else
2753             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2754 
2755           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2756         } else {
2757           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2758             << New << New->getType();
2759         }
2760         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2761 
2762       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2763       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2764       //
2765       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2766       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2767       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2768         if (isFriend) {
2769           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2770         } else {
2771           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2772                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2773             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2774           return true;
2775         }
2776       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2777         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2778              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2779           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2780         return true;
2781       }
2782     }
2783 
2784     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2785     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2786     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2787     //   attribute.
2788     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2789     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2790       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2791       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2792            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2793     }
2794 
2795     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2796     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2797     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2798     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2799     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2800     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2801       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2802            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2803       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2804            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2805     }
2806 
2807     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2808     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2809     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2810     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2811 
2812     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2813     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2814     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2815       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2816       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2817         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2818       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2819       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2820     }
2821 
2822     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2823       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2824       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2825       //
2826       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2827       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2828       // linkage within class scope.
2829       //
2830       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2831       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2832         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2833         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2834       } else {
2835         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2836         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2837         return true;
2838       }
2839     }
2840 
2841     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2842       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2843 
2844     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2845         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2846       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2847       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2848       // when we instantiate the function.
2849       return false;
2850     }
2851 
2852     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2853   }
2854 
2855   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2856   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2857   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2858       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2859     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2860     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2861     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2862     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2863         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2864       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2865       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2866       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2867       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2868       NewQType =
2869           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2870                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2871       New->setType(NewQType);
2872       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2873 
2874       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2875       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2876       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2877         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2878                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2879                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2880                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2881         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2882         Param->setImplicit();
2883         Params.push_back(Param);
2884       }
2885 
2886       New->setParams(Params);
2887     }
2888 
2889     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2890   }
2891 
2892   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2893   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2894   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2895   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2896   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2897   // the prototype.
2898   //
2899   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2900   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2901   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2902   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2903   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2904       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2905       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2906       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2907     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2908     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2909     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2910       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2911     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2912       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2913 
2914     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2915     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2916                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2917     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2918     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2919          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2920       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2921       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2922       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2923                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2924         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2925       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2926                                             NewParm->getType(),
2927                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2928         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2929                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2930         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2931         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2932       } else
2933         LooseCompatible = false;
2934     }
2935 
2936     if (LooseCompatible) {
2937       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2938         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2939              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2940           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2941           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2942         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2943           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2944                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2945       }
2946 
2947       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2948         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2949                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2950       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2951     }
2952 
2953     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2954   }
2955 
2956   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2957   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2958 
2959   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2960   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2961   unsigned BuiltinID;
2962   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2963     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2964     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2965     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2966       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2967       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2968         << Old << Old->getType();
2969 
2970       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2971       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2972       //
2973       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2974       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2975       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2976       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2977       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2978       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2979         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2980 
2981       return false;
2982     }
2983 
2984     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2985   }
2986 
2987   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2988   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2989   return true;
2990 }
2991 
2992 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2993 /// known to be compatible.
2994 ///
2995 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2996 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2997 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2998 /// redeclaration of Old.
2999 ///
3000 /// \returns false
3001 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3002                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3003   // Merge the attributes
3004   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3005 
3006   // Merge "pure" flag.
3007   if (Old->isPure())
3008     New->setPure();
3009 
3010   // Merge "used" flag.
3011   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3012     New->setIsUsed();
3013 
3014   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3015   // declarations.
3016   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3017     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3018       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3019                                *this);
3020 
3021   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3022     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3023 
3024   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3025   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3026   // was visible.
3027   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3028   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3029     New->setType(Merged);
3030 
3031   return false;
3032 }
3033 
3034 
3035 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3036                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3037 
3038   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3039   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3040     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3041                                                    : AMK_Override;
3042   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3043 
3044   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3045   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3046                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3047   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3048          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3049        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3050     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3051 
3052   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3053 }
3054 
3055 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3056 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3057 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3058 ///
3059 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3060 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3061 /// is attached.
3062 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3063                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3064   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3065     return;
3066 
3067   QualType MergedT;
3068   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3069     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3070       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3071       return;
3072     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3073       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3074       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3075     }
3076     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3077     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3078     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3079     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3080     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3081     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3082              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3083       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3084       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3085       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3086                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3087         MergedT = New->getType();
3088     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3089                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3090       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3091       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3092       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3093                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3094         MergedT = Old->getType();
3095     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3096                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3097       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3098                                               Old->getType());
3099     }
3100   } else {
3101     // C 6.2.7p2:
3102     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3103     //   compatible type.
3104     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3105   }
3106   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3107     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3108     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3109     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3110     // equivalent.
3111     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3112     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3113          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3114       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3115       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3116       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3117       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3118         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3119       return;
3120     }
3121 
3122     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3123     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3124     //
3125     //   extern int arr[];
3126     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3127     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3128     //
3129     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3130     // to diagnose it.
3131     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3132       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3133     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3134     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3135   }
3136 
3137   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3138   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3139   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3140     New->setType(MergedT);
3141 }
3142 
3143 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3144                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3145   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3146   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3147   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3148   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3149   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3150   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3151   //
3152   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3153   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3154     return false;
3155 
3156   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3157     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3158     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3159     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3160     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3161     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3162            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3163             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3164   } else {
3165     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3166     // type unless we're in the same function.
3167     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3168            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3169   }
3170 }
3171 
3172 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3173 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3174 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3175 ///
3176 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3177 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3178 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3179 ///
3180 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3181   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3182   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3183     return;
3184 
3185   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3186 
3187   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3188   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3189   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3190   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3191     if (NewTemplate) {
3192       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3193       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3194     } else
3195       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3196   }
3197   if (!Old) {
3198     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3199       << New->getDeclName();
3200     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3201          diag::note_previous_definition);
3202     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3203   }
3204 
3205   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3206     return;
3207 
3208   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3209   if (NewTemplate &&
3210       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3211                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3212                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3213     return;
3214 
3215   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3216   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3217   //
3218   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3219   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3220     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3221       << New->getIdentifier();
3222     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3223     New->setInvalidDecl();
3224   }
3225 
3226   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3227   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3228   // declaration
3229   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3230       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3231       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3232     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3233     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3234     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3235     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3236   }
3237 
3238   // Merge the types.
3239   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3240 
3241   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3242     return;
3243 
3244   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3245   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3246   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3247       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3248 
3249   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3250   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3251       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3252       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3253     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3254       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3255           << New->getDeclName();
3256       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3257     } else {
3258       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3259           << New->getDeclName();
3260       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3261       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3262     }
3263   }
3264   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3265   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3266   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3267   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3268   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3269   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3270   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3271   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3272   //   identifier has external linkage.
3273   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3274     /* Okay */;
3275   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3276            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3277            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3278     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3279     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3280     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3281   }
3282 
3283   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3284   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3285       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3286     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3287     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3288     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3289   }
3290   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3291       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3292     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3293     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3294     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3295   }
3296 
3297   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3298 
3299   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3300   // need to check for mismatches.
3301   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3302       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3303       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3304         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3305     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3306     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3307     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3308   }
3309 
3310   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3311     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3312       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3313       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3314     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3315       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3316       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3317     } else {
3318       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3319       // static and dynamic initialization.
3320       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3321       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3322       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3323         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3324       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3325     }
3326   }
3327 
3328   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3329   const VarDecl *Def;
3330   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3331       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3332       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3333     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3334     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3335     New->setInvalidDecl();
3336     return;
3337   }
3338 
3339   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3340     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3341     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3342     New->setInvalidDecl();
3343     return;
3344   }
3345 
3346   // Merge "used" flag.
3347   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3348     New->setIsUsed();
3349 
3350   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3351   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3352   if (NewTemplate)
3353     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3354 
3355   // Inherit access appropriately.
3356   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3357   if (NewTemplate)
3358     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3359 }
3360 
3361 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3362 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3363 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3364                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3365   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3366 }
3367 
3368 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3369   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3370     return;
3371 
3372   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3373     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3374     // it is anonymous.
3375     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3376       return;
3377     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3378         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3379     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3380         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3381     return;
3382   }
3383 
3384   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3385   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3386   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3387           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3388                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3389     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3390         Tag,
3391         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3392   }
3393 }
3394 
3395 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3396 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3397 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3398 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3399                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3400                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3401                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3402   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3403   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3404   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3405       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3406       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3407       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3408       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3409     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3410 
3411     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3412       return nullptr;
3413 
3414     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3415     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3416     // it's a Type.
3417     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3418       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3419     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3420       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3421   }
3422 
3423   if (Tag) {
3424     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3425     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3426     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3427       return Tag;
3428   }
3429 
3430   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3431     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3432     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3433     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3434       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3435            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3436            << DS.getSourceRange();
3437   }
3438 
3439   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3440     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3441     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3442     if (Tag)
3443       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3444         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3445             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3446             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3447             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3448     else
3449       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3450     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3451     return TagD;
3452   }
3453 
3454   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3455 
3456   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3457     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3458     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3459     if (TagD && !Tag)
3460       return nullptr;
3461     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3462   }
3463 
3464   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3465   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3466     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3467   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3468       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3469     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3470     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3471     // or an explicit specialization.
3472     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3473     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3474       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3475           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3476           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3477           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3478       << SS.getRange();
3479     return nullptr;
3480   }
3481 
3482   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3483   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3484 
3485   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3486   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3487     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3488         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3489       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3490           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3491         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3492 
3493       DeclaresAnything = false;
3494     }
3495   }
3496 
3497   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3498   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3499   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3500   //
3501   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3502   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3503   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3504       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3505     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3506     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3507     //   struct STRUCT;
3508     //   union UNION;
3509     // and
3510     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3511     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3512     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3513         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3514       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3515       if (Tag)
3516         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3517       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3518                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3519         Record = RT->getDecl();
3520       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3521         Record = UT->getDecl();
3522 
3523       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3524         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3525           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3526         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3527       }
3528 
3529       DeclaresAnything = false;
3530     }
3531   }
3532 
3533   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3534   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3535       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3536     return TagD;
3537 
3538   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3539       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3540     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3541       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3542           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3543         DeclaresAnything = false;
3544 
3545   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3546     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3547     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3548       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3549         << DS.getSourceRange();
3550     else
3551       DeclaresAnything = false;
3552   }
3553 
3554   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3555       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3556     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3557       << Tag->getTagKind()
3558       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3559 
3560   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3561 
3562   // C 6.7/2:
3563   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3564   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3565   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3566   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3567   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3568   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3569   //   previous declaration.
3570   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3571     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3572     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3573     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3574     return TagD;
3575   }
3576 
3577   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3578   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3579   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3580   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3581   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3582   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3583   //
3584   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3585   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3586   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3587     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3588 
3589   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3590   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3591   // useless.
3592   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3593     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3594       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3595       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3596       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3597     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3598       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3599         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3600   }
3601 
3602   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3603     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3604       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3605   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3606     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3607       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3608     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3609       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3610     // Restrict is covered above.
3611     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3612       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3613   }
3614 
3615   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3616   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3617   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3618   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3619     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3620     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3621         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3622         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3623         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3624         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3625       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3626       while (attrs) {
3627         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3628         << attrs->getName()
3629         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3630             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3631             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3632             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3633         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3634       }
3635     }
3636   }
3637 
3638   return TagD;
3639 }
3640 
3641 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3642 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3643 ///
3644 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3645 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3646                                          Scope *S,
3647                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3648                                          DeclarationName Name,
3649                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3650                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3651   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3652                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3653   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3654 
3655   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3656     return false;
3657 
3658   // Pick a representative declaration.
3659   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3660   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3661 
3662   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3663     return false;
3664 
3665   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3666   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3667 
3668   return true;
3669 }
3670 
3671 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3672 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3673 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3674 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3675 /// struct, e.g.,
3676 ///
3677 /// @code
3678 /// union {
3679 ///   int i;
3680 ///   float f;
3681 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3682 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3683 /// @endcode
3684 ///
3685 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3686 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3687 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3688                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3689                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3690                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3691                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3692                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3693   unsigned diagKind
3694     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3695                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3696 
3697   bool Invalid = false;
3698 
3699   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3700   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3701     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3702         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3703       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3704       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3705                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3706         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3707         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3708         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3709         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3710         Invalid = true;
3711       } else {
3712         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3713         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3714         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3715         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3716         //   anonymous union is declared.
3717         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3718         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3719           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3720             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3721         else
3722           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3723 
3724         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3725         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3726           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3727         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3728           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3729 
3730         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3731           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3732                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3733                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3734 
3735         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3736         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3737         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3738 
3739         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3740         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3741 
3742         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3743       }
3744     }
3745   }
3746 
3747   return Invalid;
3748 }
3749 
3750 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3751 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3752 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3753 static StorageClass
3754 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3755   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3756   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3757          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3758   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3759   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3760   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3761     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3762       return SC_None;
3763     return SC_Extern;
3764   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3765   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3766   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3767   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3768     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3769   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3770   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3771   }
3772   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3773 }
3774 
3775 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3776   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3777 
3778   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3779     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3780     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3781       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3782     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3783       return FD->getLocation();
3784   }
3785 
3786   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3787 }
3788 
3789 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3790                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3791   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3792     return;
3793 
3794   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3795   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3796 }
3797 
3798 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3799                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3800   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3801     return;
3802 
3803   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3804 }
3805 
3806 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3807 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3808 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3809 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3810 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3811                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3812                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3813                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3814   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3815 
3816   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3817   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3818     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3819   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3820     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3821   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3822     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3823 
3824   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3825   // structs/unions.
3826   bool Invalid = false;
3827   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3828     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3829     unsigned DiagID;
3830     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3831       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3832       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3833       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3834       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3835           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3836            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3837             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3838         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3839           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3840 
3841         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3842         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3843                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3844       }
3845       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3846       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3847       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3848       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3849                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3850         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3851              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3852           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3853 
3854         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3855         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3856                                SourceLocation(),
3857                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3858       }
3859     }
3860 
3861     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3862     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3863       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3864         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3865           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3866           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3867       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3868         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3869              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3870           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3871           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3872       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3873         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3874              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3875           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3876           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3877       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3878         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3879              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3880           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3881           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3882 
3883       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3884     }
3885 
3886     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3887     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3888     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3889     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3890     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3891       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3892         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3893         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3894         //   members (clause 11).
3895         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3896         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3897           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3898             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3899           Invalid = true;
3900         }
3901 
3902         // C++ [class.union]p1
3903         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3904         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3905         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3906         //   array of such objects.
3907         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3908           Invalid = true;
3909       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3910         // Any implicit members are fine.
3911       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3912         // This is a type that showed up in an
3913         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3914         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3915         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3916       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3917         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3918             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3919           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3920           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3921             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3922               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3923           else {
3924             // This is a nested type declaration.
3925             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3926               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3927             Invalid = true;
3928           }
3929         } else {
3930           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3931           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3932           // not part of standard C++.
3933           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3934                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3935             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3936         }
3937       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3938         // Any access specifier is fine.
3939       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3940         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3941       } else {
3942         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3943         // member. Complain about it.
3944         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3945         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3946           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3947         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3948           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3949         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3950           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3951 
3952         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3953         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3954             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3955           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3956             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3957         else {
3958           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3959               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3960           Invalid = true;
3961         }
3962       }
3963     }
3964 
3965     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3966     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3967     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3968     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3969         Owner->isRecord())
3970       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3971                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3972   }
3973 
3974   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3975     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3976       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3977     Invalid = true;
3978   }
3979 
3980   // Mock up a declarator.
3981   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3982   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3983   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3984 
3985   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3986   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3987   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3988     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3989                              DS.getLocStart(),
3990                              Record->getLocation(),
3991                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3992                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3993                              TInfo,
3994                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3995                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3996     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3997     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3998       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3999   } else {
4000     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4001     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
4002     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4003       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4004       // an error here
4005       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4006       Invalid = true;
4007       SC = SC_None;
4008     }
4009 
4010     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4011                            DS.getLocStart(),
4012                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4013                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4014                            TInfo, SC);
4015 
4016     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4017     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4018     // initializer:
4019     //   union { int n = 0; };
4020     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4021   }
4022   Anon->setImplicit();
4023 
4024   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4025   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4026 
4027   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4028   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4029   // its members.
4030   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4031 
4032   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4033   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4034   // purposes.
4035   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4036   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4037 
4038   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4039                                           Chain, false))
4040     Invalid = true;
4041 
4042   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4043     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4044       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4045       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
4046               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
4047                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
4048         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
4049         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4050       }
4051     }
4052   }
4053 
4054   if (Invalid)
4055     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4056 
4057   return Anon;
4058 }
4059 
4060 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4061 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4062 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4063 /// Example:
4064 ///
4065 /// struct A { int a; };
4066 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4067 ///
4068 /// void foo() {
4069 ///   B var;
4070 ///   var.a = 3;
4071 /// }
4072 ///
4073 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4074                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4075   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4076 
4077   // Mock up a declarator.
4078   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4079   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4080   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4081 
4082   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4083   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4084 
4085   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4086   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4087                              ParentDecl,
4088                              DS.getLocStart(),
4089                              DS.getLocStart(),
4090                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4091                              RecTy,
4092                              TInfo,
4093                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4094                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4095   Anon->setImplicit();
4096 
4097   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4098   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4099 
4100   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4101   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4102   // purposes.
4103   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4104   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4105 
4106   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4107   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4108                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4109       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4110                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4111     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4112     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4113   }
4114 
4115   return Anon;
4116 }
4117 
4118 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4119 /// given Declarator.
4120 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4121   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4122 }
4123 
4124 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4125 DeclarationNameInfo
4126 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4127   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4128   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4129 
4130   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4131 
4132   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4133   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4134     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4135     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4136     return NameInfo;
4137 
4138   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4139     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4140                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4141     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4142     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4143       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4144     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4145       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4146     return NameInfo;
4147 
4148   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4149     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4150                                                            Name.Identifier));
4151     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4152     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4153     return NameInfo;
4154 
4155   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4156     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4157     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4158     if (Ty.isNull())
4159       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4160     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4161                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4162     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4163     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4164     return NameInfo;
4165   }
4166 
4167   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4168     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4169     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4170     if (Ty.isNull())
4171       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4172     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4173                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4174     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4175     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4176     return NameInfo;
4177   }
4178 
4179   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4180     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4181     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4182     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4183     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4184     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4185       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4186 
4187     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4188     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4189 
4190     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4191     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4192     // was qualified.
4193 
4194     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4195                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4196     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4197     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4198     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4199     return NameInfo;
4200   }
4201 
4202   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4203     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4204     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4205     if (Ty.isNull())
4206       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4207     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4208                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4209     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4210     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4211     return NameInfo;
4212   }
4213 
4214   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4215     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4216     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4217     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4218   }
4219 
4220   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4221 
4222   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4223 }
4224 
4225 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4226   do {
4227     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4228       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4229     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4230       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4231     else
4232       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4233   } while (true);
4234 }
4235 
4236 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4237 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4238 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4239 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4240 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4241 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4242 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4243 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4244                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4245                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4246                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4247   Params.clear();
4248   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4249     return false;
4250   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4251     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4252     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4253 
4254     // The parameter types are identical
4255     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4256       continue;
4257 
4258     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4259     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4260     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4261     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4262 
4263     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4264         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4265       Params.push_back(Idx);
4266     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4267       return false;
4268   }
4269 
4270   return true;
4271 }
4272 
4273 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4274 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4275 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4276 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4277 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4278 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4279                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4280   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4281   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4282   //   - types which will become injected class names
4283   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4284   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4285   // few cases here.
4286 
4287   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4288   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4289   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4290   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4291   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4292   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4293     // Grab the type from the parser.
4294     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4295     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4296     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4297 
4298     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4299     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4300     // attached already.
4301     if (!TSI)
4302       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4303 
4304     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4305     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4306     if (!TSI) return true;
4307 
4308     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4309     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4310     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4311     break;
4312   }
4313 
4314   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4315   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4316     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4317     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4318     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4319     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4320     break;
4321   }
4322 
4323   default:
4324     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4325     break;
4326   }
4327 
4328   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4329   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4330     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4331 
4332     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4333     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4334     // pointer.
4335     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4336       continue;
4337 
4338     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4339     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4340     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4341       return true;
4342   }
4343 
4344   return false;
4345 }
4346 
4347 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4348   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4349   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4350 
4351   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4352       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4353     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4354 
4355   return Dcl;
4356 }
4357 
4358 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4359 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4360 ///   name different from T:
4361 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4362 ///     - every member function of class T
4363 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4364 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4365 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4366                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4367   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4368 
4369   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4370     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4371       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4372       return true;
4373     }
4374 
4375   return false;
4376 }
4377 
4378 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4379 /// nested-name-specifier.
4380 ///
4381 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4382 ///
4383 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4384 /// resolves.
4385 ///
4386 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4387 ///
4388 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4389 ///
4390 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4391 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4392                                         DeclarationName Name,
4393                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4394   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4395   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4396     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4397 
4398   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4399   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4400   //
4401   // class X {
4402   //   void X::f();
4403   // };
4404   //
4405   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4406   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4407   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4408     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4409       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4410                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4411         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4412       SS.clear();
4413     } else {
4414       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4415     }
4416     return false;
4417   }
4418 
4419   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4420   // declaration.
4421   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4422     if (Cur->isRecord())
4423       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4424         << Name << SS.getRange();
4425     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4426       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4427         << Name << SS.getRange();
4428     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4429       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4430         << Name << SS.getRange();
4431     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4432       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4433         << Name << SS.getRange();
4434     else
4435       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4436       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4437 
4438     return true;
4439   }
4440 
4441   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4442     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4443     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4444       << Name << SS.getRange();
4445     SS.clear();
4446 
4447     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4448     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4449     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4450     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4451          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4452         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4453                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4454       return true;
4455 
4456     return false;
4457   }
4458 
4459   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4460   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4461   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4462   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4463   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4464     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4465   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4466         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4467     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4468       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4469 
4470   return false;
4471 }
4472 
4473 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4474                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4475   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4476   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4477   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4478 
4479   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4480   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4481   if (!Name) {
4482     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4483       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4484            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4485         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4486     return nullptr;
4487   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4488     return nullptr;
4489 
4490   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4491   // we find one that is.
4492   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4493          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4494     S = S->getParent();
4495 
4496   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4497   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4498     D.setInvalidType();
4499   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4500     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4501                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4502       return nullptr;
4503 
4504     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4505     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4506     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4507       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4508       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4509       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4510       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4511       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4512            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4513         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4514         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4515       return nullptr;
4516     }
4517     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4518 
4519     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4520         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4521       return nullptr;
4522 
4523     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4524       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4525            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4526         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4527       D.setInvalidType();
4528     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4529       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4530                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4531         if (DC->isRecord())
4532           return nullptr;
4533 
4534         D.setInvalidType();
4535       }
4536     }
4537 
4538     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4539     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4540     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4541         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4542       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4543       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4544         D.setInvalidType();
4545     }
4546   }
4547 
4548   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4549     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4550     // Just return early; it's safer.
4551     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4552       return nullptr;
4553 
4554   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4555   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4556 
4557   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4558                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4559     D.setInvalidType();
4560 
4561   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4562                         ForRedeclaration);
4563 
4564   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4565   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4566     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4567     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4568 
4569     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4570     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4571     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4572     //
4573     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4574     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4575     // the same name.
4576     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4577       /* Do nothing*/;
4578     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4579              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4580               R->isFunctionType())) {
4581       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4582       CreateBuiltins =
4583           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4584     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4585                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4586       CreateBuiltins = true;
4587 
4588     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4589       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4590 
4591     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4592   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4593     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4594 
4595     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4596     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4597     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4598     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4599     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4600     //  thereof; [...]
4601     //
4602     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4603     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4604     // we want to match. For example, given:
4605     //
4606     //   class X {
4607     //     void f();
4608     //     void f(float);
4609     //   };
4610     //
4611     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4612     //
4613     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4614     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4615     // matches.
4616 
4617     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4618     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4619     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4620     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4621     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4622   }
4623 
4624   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4625       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4626     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4627     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4628       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4629                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4630 
4631     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4632     Previous.clear();
4633   }
4634 
4635   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4636   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4637   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4638   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4639   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4640       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4641     Previous.clear();
4642 
4643   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4644   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4645   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4646     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4647 
4648   NamedDecl *New;
4649 
4650   bool AddToScope = true;
4651   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4652     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4653       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4654       return nullptr;
4655     }
4656 
4657     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4658   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4659     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4660                                   TemplateParamLists,
4661                                   AddToScope);
4662   } else {
4663     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4664                                   AddToScope);
4665   }
4666 
4667   if (!New)
4668     return nullptr;
4669 
4670   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4671   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4672   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4673        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4674     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4675     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4676     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4677     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4678     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4679     if (!AddToContext)
4680       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4681   }
4682 
4683   return New;
4684 }
4685 
4686 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4687 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4688 /// GCC compatibility).
4689 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4690                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4691                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4692                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4693   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4694   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4695   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4696   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4697   SizeIsNegative = false;
4698   Oversized = 0;
4699 
4700   if (T->isDependentType())
4701     return QualType();
4702 
4703   QualifierCollector Qs;
4704   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4705 
4706   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4707     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4708     QualType FixedType =
4709         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4710                                             Oversized);
4711     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4712     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4713     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4714   }
4715   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4716     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4717     QualType FixedType =
4718         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4719                                             Oversized);
4720     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4721     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4722     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4723   }
4724 
4725   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4726   if (!VLATy)
4727     return QualType();
4728   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4729   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4730     return QualType();
4731 
4732   llvm::APSInt Res;
4733   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4734       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4735     return QualType();
4736 
4737   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4738   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4739     SizeIsNegative = true;
4740     return QualType();
4741   }
4742 
4743   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4744   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4745     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4746                                               Res);
4747   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4748     Oversized = Res;
4749     return QualType();
4750   }
4751 
4752   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4753                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4754 }
4755 
4756 static void
4757 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4758   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4759     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4760     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4761                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4762     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4763     return;
4764   }
4765   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4766     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4767     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4768                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4769     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4770     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4771     return;
4772   }
4773   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4774   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4775   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4776   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4777   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4778   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4779   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4780   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4781 }
4782 
4783 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4784 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4785 /// GCC compatibility).
4786 static TypeSourceInfo*
4787 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4788                                               ASTContext &Context,
4789                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4790                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4791   QualType FixedTy
4792     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4793                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4794   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4795     return nullptr;
4796   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4797   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4798                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4799   return FixedTInfo;
4800 }
4801 
4802 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4803 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4804 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4805 /// function-scope declarations.
4806 void
4807 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4808   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4809       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4810     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4811     return;
4812 
4813   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4814   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4815   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4816   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4817 }
4818 
4819 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4820   if (ExternalSource) {
4821     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4822     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4823     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4824     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4825     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4826       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4827         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4828       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4829         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4830     }
4831   }
4832 
4833   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4834   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4835 }
4836 
4837 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4838 /// does not identify a function.
4839 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4840   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4841   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4842   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4843     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4844          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4845 
4846   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4847     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4848          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4849 
4850   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4851     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4852          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4853 
4854   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4855     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4856          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4857 }
4858 
4859 NamedDecl*
4860 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4861                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4862   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4863   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4864     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4865       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4866     D.setInvalidType();
4867     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4868     DC = CurContext;
4869     Previous.clear();
4870   }
4871 
4872   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4873 
4874   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4875     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4876       << 1;
4877 
4878   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4879     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4880       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4881     return nullptr;
4882   }
4883 
4884   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4885   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4886 
4887   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4888   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4889 
4890   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4891 
4892   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4893   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4894   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4895   return ND;
4896 }
4897 
4898 void
4899 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4900   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4901   // then it shall have block scope.
4902   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4903   // that redeclarations will match.
4904   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4905   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4906   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4907     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4908 
4909     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4910       bool SizeIsNegative;
4911       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4912       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4913         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4914                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4915                                                       Oversized);
4916       if (FixedTInfo) {
4917         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4918         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4919       } else {
4920         if (SizeIsNegative)
4921           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4922         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4923           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4924         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4925           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4926             << Oversized.toString(10);
4927         else
4928           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4929         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4930       }
4931     }
4932   }
4933 }
4934 
4935 
4936 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4937 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4938 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4939 NamedDecl*
4940 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4941                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4942   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4943   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4944   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4945                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4946   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4947   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4948     Redeclaration = true;
4949     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4950   }
4951 
4952   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4953   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4954     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4955         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4956       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4957         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4958       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4959         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4960       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4961         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4962       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4963         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4964     }
4965 
4966   return NewTD;
4967 }
4968 
4969 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4970 /// previous declaration.
4971 ///
4972 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4973 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4974 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4975 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4976 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4977 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4978 ///
4979 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4980 /// lookup
4981 ///
4982 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4983 /// declared.
4984 ///
4985 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4986 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4987 static bool
4988 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4989                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4990   if (!PrevDecl)
4991     return false;
4992 
4993   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4994     return false;
4995 
4996   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4997     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4998     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4999     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
5000     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
5001     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
5002     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5003     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5004     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5005       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5006       return false;
5007 
5008     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5009     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5010       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5011       return false;
5012 
5013     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5014     // previous declarations.
5015     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5016     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5017 
5018     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5019     // isn't the same function.
5020     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5021       return false;
5022   }
5023 
5024   return true;
5025 }
5026 
5027 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5028   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5029   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5030   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5031 }
5032 
5033 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5034   QualType type = decl->getType();
5035   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5036   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5037     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5038     unsigned kind = -1U;
5039     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5040       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5041         kind = 0; // __block
5042       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5043         kind = 1; // global
5044     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5045       kind = 3; // ivar
5046     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5047       kind = 2; // field
5048     }
5049 
5050     if (kind != -1U) {
5051       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5052         << kind;
5053     }
5054   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5055     // Try to infer lifetime.
5056     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5057       return false;
5058 
5059     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5060     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5061     decl->setType(type);
5062   }
5063 
5064   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5065     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5066     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5067         var->getTLSKind()) {
5068       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5069         << var->getType();
5070       return true;
5071     }
5072   }
5073 
5074   return false;
5075 }
5076 
5077 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5078   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5079   // the wrong linkage.
5080   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5081 
5082   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5083   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5084     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5085       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5086       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5087     }
5088   }
5089   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5090     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5091       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5092       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5093     }
5094   }
5095 
5096   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5097   // It does not apply to functions.
5098   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5099     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5100       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5101       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5102     }
5103   }
5104 
5105   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5106   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
5107     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5108       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5109         << &ND << Attr;
5110       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5111     }
5112   }
5113   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
5114     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5115       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5116         << &ND << Attr;
5117       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5118     }
5119   }
5120 }
5121 
5122 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5123                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5124                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5125   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5126     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5127   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5128     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5129 
5130   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5131     return;
5132 
5133   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5134   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5135   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5136   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5137 
5138   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5139   // inherited attribute instances.
5140   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5141                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5142 
5143   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5144   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5145   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5146   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5147   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5148 
5149   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5150     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5151     // free functions and global variables.
5152     bool JustWarn = false;
5153     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && OldDecl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5154       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5155       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5156         JustWarn = true;
5157       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5158       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5159         JustWarn = true;
5160     }
5161 
5162     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5163                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5164     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5165         << NewDecl
5166         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5167     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5168     if (!JustWarn) {
5169       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5170       return;
5171     }
5172   }
5173 
5174   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5175   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5176   // and qualified friend declarations.
5177   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5178   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5179   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5180     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5181     // separately.
5182     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5183   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5184     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5185     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5186                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5187   }
5188 
5189   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5190       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5191     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5192            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5193       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5194     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5195     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5196     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5197     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5198   }
5199 }
5200 
5201 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5202 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5203 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5204 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5205   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5206 
5207   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5208   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5209 
5210   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5211   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5212     return false;
5213 
5214   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5215 
5216 #ifndef NDEBUG
5217   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5218   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5219   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5220   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5221   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5222 #endif
5223 
5224   bool isC99Inline =
5225       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5226 
5227 #ifndef NDEBUG
5228   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5229 #endif
5230 
5231   return isC99Inline;
5232 }
5233 
5234 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5235 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5236 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5237 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5238 ///
5239 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5240 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5241 ///
5242 /// For instance:
5243 ///
5244 ///   auto x = []{};
5245 ///
5246 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5247 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5248 ///
5249 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5250 template<typename T>
5251 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5252   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5253     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5254     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5255       return false;
5256   }
5257   return D->isExternC();
5258 }
5259 
5260 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5261   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5262   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5263     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5264   if (DC->isFileContext())
5265     return true;
5266   if (DC->isRecord())
5267     return false;
5268   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5269 }
5270 
5271 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5272   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5273   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5274     return true;
5275   if (DC->isRecord())
5276     return false;
5277   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5278 }
5279 
5280 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5281                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5282   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5283     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5284       return true;
5285   return false;
5286 }
5287 
5288 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5289                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5290   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5291   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5292     return true;
5293 
5294   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5295   // position to the decl itself.
5296   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5297     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5298       return true;
5299   }
5300 
5301   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5302   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5303 }
5304 
5305 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5306 /// function-local external declaration.
5307 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5308   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5309     return false;
5310 
5311   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5312   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5313   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5314   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5315     return true;
5316 
5317   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5318   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5319   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5320   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5321   //
5322   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5323   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5324   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5325     DC = DC->getParent();
5326   return true;
5327 }
5328 
5329 NamedDecl *
5330 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5331                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5332                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5333                               bool &AddToScope) {
5334   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5335   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5336 
5337   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5338   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5339     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5340 
5341   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5342   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5343   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5344       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5345       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5346     SC = SC_Extern;
5347 
5348   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5349   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5350                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5351 
5352   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5353     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5354     QualType NR = R;
5355     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5356       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5357         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5358         D.setInvalidType();
5359         break;
5360       }
5361       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5362     }
5363 
5364     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5365       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5366       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5367       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5368         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5369         D.setInvalidType();
5370       }
5371     }
5372   }
5373 
5374   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5375     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5376     // an error here
5377     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5378     D.setInvalidType();
5379     SC = SC_None;
5380   }
5381 
5382   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5383       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5384                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5385     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5386     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5387     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5388     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5389          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5390       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5391   }
5392 
5393   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5394   if (!II) {
5395     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5396       << Name;
5397     return nullptr;
5398   }
5399 
5400   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5401 
5402   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5403     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5404     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5405     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5406     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5407       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5408       D.setInvalidType();
5409     }
5410   }
5411 
5412   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5413     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5414     // OpenCL __local address space.
5415     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5416       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5417     }
5418 
5419     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5420     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5421     // space qualifiers.
5422     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5423       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5424       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5425     }
5426 
5427     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5428     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5429     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5430     // address space qualifiers.
5431     if (R->isEventT()) {
5432       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5433         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5434         D.setInvalidType();
5435       }
5436 
5437       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5438         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5439         D.setInvalidType();
5440       }
5441     }
5442   }
5443 
5444   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5445   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5446   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5447   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5448   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5449   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5450   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5451   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5452     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5453                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5454                             R, TInfo, SC);
5455 
5456     if (D.isInvalidType())
5457       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5458   } else {
5459     bool Invalid = false;
5460 
5461     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5462       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5463       switch (SC) {
5464       case SC_None:
5465         break;
5466       case SC_Static:
5467         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5468              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5469           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5470         break;
5471       case SC_Auto:
5472       case SC_Register:
5473       case SC_Extern:
5474         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5475         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5476         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5477         // of class members
5478 
5479         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5480              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5481           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5482         break;
5483       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5484         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5485       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5486         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5487       }
5488     }
5489 
5490     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5491       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5492         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5493           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5494                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5495             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5496 
5497         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5498         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5499         if (RD->isUnion())
5500           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5501                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5502                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5503                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5504         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5505         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5506           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5507                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5508             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5509       }
5510     }
5511 
5512     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5513     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5514     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5515         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5516         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5517         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5518             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5519             : nullptr,
5520         TemplateParamLists,
5521         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5522 
5523     if (TemplateParams) {
5524       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5525           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5526         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5527         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5528         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5529              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5530           << II
5531           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5532                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5533         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5534       } else {
5535         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5536           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5537           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5538           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5539           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5540         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5541           // This is a template declaration.
5542           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5543 
5544           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5545           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5546             return nullptr;
5547 
5548           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5549           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5550                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5551                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5552                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5553         }
5554       }
5555     } else {
5556       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5557              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5558     }
5559 
5560     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5561       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5562           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5563               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5564               : SourceLocation();
5565       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5566           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5567           IsPartialSpecialization);
5568       if (Res.isInvalid())
5569         return nullptr;
5570       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5571       AddToScope = false;
5572     } else
5573       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5574                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5575 
5576     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5577     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5578       NewTemplate =
5579           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5580                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5581       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5582     }
5583 
5584     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5585     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5586     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5587       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5588 
5589     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5590       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5591       if (NewTemplate)
5592         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5593     }
5594 
5595     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5596 
5597     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5598     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5599     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5600     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5601       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5602           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5603           TemplateParamLists.data());
5604 
5605     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5606       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5607   }
5608 
5609   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5610   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5611   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5612   if (NewTemplate)
5613     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5614 
5615   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5616     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5617 
5618   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5619     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5620       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5621       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5622       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5623       //   explicitly.
5624       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5625       //   'extern'.
5626       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5627           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5628           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5629         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5630       else
5631         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5632              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5633           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5634     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5635       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5636            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5637     else
5638       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5639   }
5640 
5641   // C99 6.7.4p3
5642   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5643   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5644   //   thread storage duration...
5645   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5646   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5647   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5648   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5649   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5650   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5651       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5652     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5653     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5654       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5655            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5656       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5657     }
5658   }
5659 
5660   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5661     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5662       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5663           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5664           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5665                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5666     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5667       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5668         << 2
5669         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5670     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5671       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5672         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5673         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5674         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5675     else {
5676       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5677       if (NewTemplate)
5678         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5679     }
5680   }
5681 
5682   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5683   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5684 
5685   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5686     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5687     // storage [duration]."
5688     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5689         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5690          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5691       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5692     }
5693   }
5694 
5695   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5696   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5697   // check the VarDecl itself.
5698   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5699          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5700          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5701 
5702   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5703   // retainable type.
5704   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5705     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5706 
5707   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5708   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5709     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5710     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5711     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5712     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5713       switch (SC) {
5714       case SC_None:
5715       case SC_Auto:
5716         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5717         break;
5718       case SC_Register:
5719         // Local Named register
5720         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5721           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5722         break;
5723       case SC_Static:
5724       case SC_Extern:
5725       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5726       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5727         break;
5728       }
5729     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5730       // Global Named register
5731       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5732         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5733       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5734         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5735         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5736       }
5737     }
5738 
5739     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5740                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5741   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5742     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5743       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5744     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5745       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5746       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5747     }
5748   }
5749 
5750   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5751   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5752     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5753 
5754   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5755   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5756   // declaration has linkage).
5757   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5758                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5759                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5760                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5761 
5762   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5763   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5764   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5765       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5766     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5767         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5768         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5769 
5770   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5771     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5772   } else {
5773     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5774     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5775         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5776       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5777 
5778     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5779     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5780       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5781           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5782           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5783         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5784         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5785         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5786           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5787         Previous.clear();
5788         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5789       }
5790     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5791       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5792       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5793         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5794         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5795       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5796     }
5797 
5798     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5799       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5800 
5801     if (NewTemplate) {
5802       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5803           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5804               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5805               : nullptr;
5806 
5807       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5808       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5809       // template declaration.
5810       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5811               TemplateParams,
5812               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5813                               : nullptr,
5814               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5815                DC->isDependentContext())
5816                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5817                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5818         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5819 
5820       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5821       // template, make a note of that.
5822       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5823           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5824         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5825     }
5826   }
5827 
5828   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5829 
5830   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5831   // the map of such variables.
5832   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5833       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5834     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5835 
5836   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5837     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5838     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5839             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5840                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5841       Context.setManglingNumber(
5842           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5843       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5844     }
5845   }
5846 
5847   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5848     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5849         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5850         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5851   }
5852 
5853   if (NewTemplate) {
5854     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5855       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5856     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5857     return NewTemplate;
5858   }
5859 
5860   return NewVD;
5861 }
5862 
5863 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5864 /// -Wshadow.
5865 ///
5866 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5867 /// scope.
5868 ///
5869 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5870 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5871 ///
5872 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5873   // Return if warning is ignored.
5874   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5875     return;
5876 
5877   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5878   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5879     return;
5880 
5881   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5882 
5883   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5884   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5885     return;
5886 
5887   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5888   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5889     return;
5890 
5891   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5892   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5893     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5894       if (MD->isStatic())
5895         return;
5896 
5897   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5898     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5899       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5900       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5901       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5902         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5903           ShadowedDecl = I;
5904           break;
5905         }
5906     }
5907 
5908   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5909 
5910   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5911   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5912     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5913     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5914       return;
5915 
5916     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5917     // static data members from base classes?
5918 
5919     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5920     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5921     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5922   }
5923 
5924   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5925   unsigned Kind;
5926   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5927     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5928       Kind = 3; // field
5929     else
5930       Kind = 2; // static data member
5931   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5932     Kind = 1; // global
5933   else
5934     Kind = 0; // local
5935 
5936   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5937 
5938   // Emit warning and note.
5939   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5940     return;
5941   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5942   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5943 }
5944 
5945 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5946 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5947   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5948     return;
5949 
5950   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5951                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5952   LookupName(R, S);
5953   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5954 }
5955 
5956 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5957 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5958 template<typename T>
5959 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5960     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5961   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5962   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5963 
5964   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5965     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5966     // declaration.
5967     return false;
5968   }
5969 
5970   if (Prev) {
5971     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5972       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5973       // redeclaration.
5974       Previous.clear();
5975       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5976       return true;
5977     }
5978 
5979     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5980     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5981     // declaration.
5982     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5983       return false;
5984   } else {
5985     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5986     // translation unit which might conflict.
5987     if (IsGlobal) {
5988       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5989       IsGlobal = false;
5990       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5991            I != E; ++I) {
5992         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5993           Prev = *I;
5994           break;
5995         }
5996       }
5997     } else {
5998       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5999           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
6000       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
6001            I != E; ++I) {
6002         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
6003           Prev = *I;
6004           break;
6005         }
6006         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
6007         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
6008         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
6009         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6010         // diagnostic.
6011       }
6012     }
6013 
6014     if (!Prev)
6015       return false;
6016   }
6017 
6018   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6019   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6020   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6021   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6022     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6023   else
6024     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6025 
6026   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6027     << IsGlobal << ND;
6028   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6029     << IsGlobal;
6030   return false;
6031 }
6032 
6033 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6034 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6035 ///
6036 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6037 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6038 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6039 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6040 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6041 template<typename T>
6042 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6043                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6044   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6045     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6046     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6047     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6048     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6049       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6050         Previous.clear();
6051         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6052         return true;
6053       }
6054     }
6055     return false;
6056   }
6057 
6058   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6059   // declaration.
6060   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6061     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6062 
6063   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6064   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6065   // in another scope.
6066   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6067     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6068 
6069   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6070   return false;
6071 }
6072 
6073 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6074   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6075   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6076     return;
6077 
6078   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6079   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6080 
6081   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6082   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6083     return;
6084 
6085   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6086     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6087 
6088   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6089     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6090       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6091     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6092     NewVD->setType(T);
6093   }
6094 
6095   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6096   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6097   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6098   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6099   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6100     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6101     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6102     return;
6103   }
6104 
6105   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6106   // __constant address space.
6107   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6108       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6109       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6110     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6111     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6112     return;
6113   }
6114 
6115   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6116   // scope.
6117   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6118       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6119     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6120     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6121     return;
6122   }
6123 
6124   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6125       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6126     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6127       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6128     else {
6129       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6130       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6131     }
6132   }
6133 
6134   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6135   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6136       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6137     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6138 
6139   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6140       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6141     bool SizeIsNegative;
6142     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6143     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6144       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6145                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6146     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6147       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6148       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6149       // int a[10][n];
6150       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6151 
6152       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6153         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6154         << SizeRange;
6155       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6156         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6157         << SizeRange;
6158       else
6159         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6160         << SizeRange;
6161       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6162       return;
6163     }
6164 
6165     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6166       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6167         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6168       else
6169         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6170       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6171       return;
6172     }
6173 
6174     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6175     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6176     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6177   }
6178 
6179   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6180     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6181     //                    of objects and functions.
6182     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6183       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6184         << T;
6185       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6186       return;
6187     }
6188   }
6189 
6190   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6191     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6192     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6193     return;
6194   }
6195 
6196   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6197     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6198     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6199     return;
6200   }
6201 
6202   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6203       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6204                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6205     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6206     return;
6207   }
6208 }
6209 
6210 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6211 /// declaration.
6212 ///
6213 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6214 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6215 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6216 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6217 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6218 ///
6219 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6220 ///
6221 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6222 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6223   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6224 
6225   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6226   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6227     return false;
6228 
6229   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6230   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6231   if (Previous.empty() &&
6232       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6233     Previous.setShadowed();
6234 
6235   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6236   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6237 
6238   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6239     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6240     return true;
6241   }
6242   return false;
6243 }
6244 
6245 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6246 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6247   Sema *S;
6248   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6249 };
6250 
6251 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6252 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6253 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6254 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6255                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6256                                  void *UserData) {
6257   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6258 
6259   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6260     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6261 
6262   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6263 
6264   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6265   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6266     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6267     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6268     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6269 
6270     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6271   }
6272 
6273   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6274        !Path.Decls.empty();
6275        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6276     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6277     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6278       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6279         return true;
6280     }
6281   }
6282 
6283   return false;
6284 }
6285 
6286 namespace {
6287   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6288 }
6289 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6290 /// overriden methods.
6291 ///
6292 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6293 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6294 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6295 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6296                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6297   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6298   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6299                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6300        I != E; ++I) {
6301     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6302     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6303     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6304     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6305         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6306         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6307       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6308   }
6309 }
6310 
6311 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6312 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6313 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6314   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6315   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6316   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6317   Data.Method = MD;
6318   Data.S = this;
6319   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6320   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6321   bool AddedAny = false;
6322   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6323     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6324       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6325         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6326         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6327             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6328             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6329             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6330           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6331           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6332           AddedAny = true;
6333         }
6334       }
6335     }
6336   }
6337 
6338   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6339     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6340   }
6341   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6342     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6343   }
6344 
6345   return AddedAny;
6346 }
6347 
6348 namespace {
6349   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6350   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6351   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6352     Scope *S;
6353     Declarator &D;
6354     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6355     bool AddToScope;
6356   };
6357 }
6358 
6359 namespace {
6360 
6361 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6362 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6363 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6364  public:
6365   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6366                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6367       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6368         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6369 
6370   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6371     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6372       return false;
6373 
6374     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6375     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6376                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6377          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6378       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6379 
6380       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6381           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6382         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6383           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6384           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6385             return true;
6386         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6387           return true;
6388         }
6389       }
6390     }
6391 
6392     return false;
6393   }
6394 
6395  private:
6396   ASTContext &Context;
6397   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6398   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6399 };
6400 
6401 }
6402 
6403 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6404 ///
6405 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6406 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6407 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6408 /// the same name.
6409 ///
6410 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6411 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6412 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6413     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6414     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6415   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6416   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6417   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6418   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6419   TypoCorrection Correction;
6420   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6421   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6422                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6423   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6424                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6425                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6426                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6427 
6428   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6429   if (IsLocalFriend)
6430     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6431   else
6432     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6433   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6434          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6435   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6436   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6437                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6438   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6439     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6440          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6441       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6442       if (FD &&
6443           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6444         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6445         // involve a parameter
6446         unsigned ParamNum =
6447             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6448         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6449       }
6450     }
6451   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6452   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6453                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6454                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6455                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6456     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6457     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6458                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6459     Previous.clear();
6460     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6461     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6462                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6463          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6464       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6465       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6466           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6467         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6468       }
6469     }
6470     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6471 
6472     NamedDecl *Result;
6473     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6474     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6475     {
6476       // Trap errors.
6477       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6478 
6479       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6480       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6481       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6482       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6483           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6484           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6485           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6486           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6487 
6488       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6489         Result = nullptr;
6490     }
6491 
6492     if (Result) {
6493       // Determine which correction we picked.
6494       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6495       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6496            I != E; ++I)
6497         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6498           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6499 
6500       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6501           Correction,
6502           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6503                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6504                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6505             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6506       return Result;
6507     }
6508 
6509     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6510     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6511                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6512     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6513     Previous.clear();
6514     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6515   }
6516 
6517   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6518       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6519 
6520   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6521   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6522     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6523 
6524   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6525        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6526        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6527     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6528     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6529     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6530     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6531 
6532     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6533     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6534       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6535       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6536       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6537       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6538                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6539         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6540         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6541     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6542       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6543           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6544     } else
6545       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6546                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6547                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6548   }
6549   return nullptr;
6550 }
6551 
6552 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6553                                                           Declarator &D) {
6554   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6555   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6556   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6557   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6558   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6559     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6560                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6561     D.setInvalidType();
6562     break;
6563   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6564   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6565     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6566       return SC_None;
6567     return SC_Extern;
6568   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6569     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6570       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6571       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6572       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6573       //   other than extern
6574       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6575       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6576                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6577       break;
6578     } else
6579       return SC_Static;
6580   }
6581   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6582   }
6583 
6584   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6585   return SC_None;
6586 }
6587 
6588 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6589                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6590                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6591                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6592                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6594   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6595 
6596   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6597   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6598 
6599   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6600     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6601     // prototype. This true when:
6602     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6603     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6604     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6605     bool HasPrototype =
6606       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6607       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6608 
6609     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6610                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6611                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6612                                  HasPrototype, false);
6613     if (D.isInvalidType())
6614       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6615 
6616     // Set the lexical context.
6617     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6618 
6619     return NewFD;
6620   }
6621 
6622   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6623   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6624 
6625   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6626   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6627   // the class has been completely parsed.
6628   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6629       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6630           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6631           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6632     D.setInvalidType();
6633 
6634   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6635     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6636     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6637            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6638 
6639     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6640     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6641                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6642                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6643                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6644                                       isConstexpr);
6645 
6646   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6647     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6648     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6649       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6650       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6651       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6652                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6653                                         D.getLocStart(),
6654                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6655                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6656 
6657       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6658       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6659       // it yet.
6660       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6661           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6662           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6663         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6664       }
6665 
6666       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6667       return NewDD;
6668 
6669     } else {
6670       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6671       D.setInvalidType();
6672 
6673       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6674       // code path.
6675       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6676                                   D.getLocStart(),
6677                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6678                                   SC, isInline,
6679                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6680     }
6681 
6682   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6683     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6684       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6685            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6686       return nullptr;
6687     }
6688 
6689     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6690     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6691     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6692                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6693                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6694                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6695 
6696   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6697     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6698     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6699     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6700     // constructor if it has no return type).
6701     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6702         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6703       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6704         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6705         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6706       return nullptr;
6707     }
6708 
6709     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6710     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6711                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6712                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6713                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6714                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6715     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6716     return Ret;
6717   } else {
6718     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6719     // prototype. This true when:
6720     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6721     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6722                                 D.getLocStart(),
6723                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6724                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6725   }
6726 }
6727 
6728 enum OpenCLParamType {
6729   ValidKernelParam,
6730   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6731   PtrKernelParam,
6732   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6733   InvalidKernelParam,
6734   RecordKernelParam
6735 };
6736 
6737 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6738   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6739     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6740     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6741       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6742     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6743                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6744   }
6745 
6746   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6747   // be used as builtin types.
6748 
6749   if (PT->isImageType())
6750     return PtrKernelParam;
6751 
6752   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6753     return InvalidKernelParam;
6754 
6755   if (PT->isEventT())
6756     return InvalidKernelParam;
6757 
6758   if (PT->isHalfType())
6759     return InvalidKernelParam;
6760 
6761   if (PT->isRecordType())
6762     return RecordKernelParam;
6763 
6764   return ValidKernelParam;
6765 }
6766 
6767 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6768   Sema &S,
6769   Declarator &D,
6770   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6771   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6772   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6773 
6774   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6775   // used again
6776   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6777     return;
6778 
6779   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6780   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6781     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6782     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6783     // pointer to a pointer type.
6784     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6785     D.setInvalidType();
6786     return;
6787 
6788   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6789     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6790     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6791     // pointer to the private address space.
6792     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6793     D.setInvalidType();
6794     return;
6795 
6796     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6797     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6798     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6799     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6800     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6801 
6802   case InvalidKernelParam:
6803     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6804     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6805     // of event_t type.
6806     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6807     D.setInvalidType();
6808     return;
6809 
6810   case PtrKernelParam:
6811   case ValidKernelParam:
6812     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6813     return;
6814 
6815   case RecordKernelParam:
6816     break;
6817   }
6818 
6819   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6820   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6821 
6822   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6823   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6824   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6825   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6826 
6827   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6828   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6829 
6830   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6831 
6832   do {
6833     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6834     if (!Next) {
6835       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6836       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6837       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6838         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6839 
6840       continue;
6841     }
6842 
6843     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6844     // field itself) to the history stack.
6845     const RecordDecl *RD;
6846     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6847       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6848       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6849     } else {
6850       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6851     }
6852 
6853     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6854     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6855 
6856     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6857       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6858 
6859       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6860         continue;
6861 
6862       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6863       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6864         continue;
6865 
6866       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6867         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6868         continue;
6869       }
6870 
6871       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6872       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6873       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6874       // union.
6875       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6876           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6877         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6878                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6879           << PT->isUnionType()
6880           << PT;
6881       } else {
6882         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6883       }
6884 
6885       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6886         << PD->getDeclName();
6887 
6888       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6889       // the offending field came from
6890       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6891              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6892         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6893         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6894           << OuterField->getType();
6895       }
6896 
6897       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6898         << QT->isPointerType()
6899         << QT;
6900       D.setInvalidType();
6901       return;
6902     }
6903   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6904 }
6905 
6906 NamedDecl*
6907 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6908                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6909                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6910                               bool &AddToScope) {
6911   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6912 
6913   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6914 
6915   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6916   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6917   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6918   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6919 
6920   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6921     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6922          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6923       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6924 
6925   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6926     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6927 
6928   bool isFriend = false;
6929   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6930   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6931   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6932 
6933   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6934   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6935   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6936 
6937   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6938 
6939   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6940   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6941 
6942   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6943                                               isVirtualOkay);
6944   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6945 
6946   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6947     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6948 
6949   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6950   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6951   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6952   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6953 
6954   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6955     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6956 
6957   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6958     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6959     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6960     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6961     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6962     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6963     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6964       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6965       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6966       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6967       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6968     }
6969 
6970     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6971     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6972     // return true).
6973     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6974           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6975       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6976         NewFD->setPure(true);
6977     }
6978 
6979     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6980     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6981     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6982     if (D.isInvalidType())
6983       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6984 
6985     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6986     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6987     bool Invalid = false;
6988     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6989             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6990                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6991                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6992                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6993                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6994                     : nullptr,
6995                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6996                 Invalid)) {
6997       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6998         // This is a function template
6999 
7000         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7001         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7002           return nullptr;
7003 
7004         // A destructor cannot be a template.
7005         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
7006           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
7007           return nullptr;
7008         }
7009 
7010         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7011         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7012         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7013         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7014           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7015           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7016             Invalid = true;
7017         }
7018 
7019 
7020         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7021                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7022                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7023                                                         NewFD);
7024         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7025         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7026 
7027         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7028         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7029           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7030                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7031                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7032         }
7033       } else {
7034         // This is a function template specialization.
7035         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7036         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7037         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7038           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7039                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7040                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7041 
7042         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7043         if (isFriend) {
7044           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7045           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7046 
7047           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7048           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7049           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7050           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7051           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7052           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7053           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7054             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7055             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7056           }
7057 
7058           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7059             << Name << RemoveRange
7060             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7061             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7062         }
7063       }
7064     }
7065     else {
7066       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7067       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7068       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7069         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7070         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7071                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7072                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7073     }
7074 
7075     if (Invalid) {
7076       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7077       if (FunctionTemplate)
7078         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7079     }
7080 
7081     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7082     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7083     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7084     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7085     //
7086     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7087       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7088         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7089              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7090       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7091         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7092         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7093              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7094           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7095       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7096         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7097         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7098         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7099              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7100           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7101       } else {
7102         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7103         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7104       }
7105 
7106       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7107           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7108         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7109     }
7110 
7111     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7112         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7113          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7114         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7115       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7116       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7117       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7118       // thing to do.
7119       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7120       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7121       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7122           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7123       QualType Result =
7124           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7125       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7126                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7127     }
7128 
7129     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7130     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7131     //  declaration.
7132     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7133       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7134         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7135         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7136              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7137           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7138       }
7139     }
7140 
7141     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7142     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7143     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7144     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7145     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7146       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7147         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7148         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7149              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7150           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7151       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7152                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7153         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7154         // or conversion function.
7155         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7156              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7157           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7158       }
7159     }
7160 
7161     if (isConstexpr) {
7162       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7163       // are implicitly inline.
7164       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7165 
7166       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7167       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7168       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7169       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7170         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7171     }
7172 
7173     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7174     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7175       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7176         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7177           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7178         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7179           << 0
7180           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7181       } else {
7182         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7183         if (FunctionTemplate)
7184           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7185       }
7186     }
7187 
7188     if (isFriend) {
7189       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7190         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7191         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7192       }
7193       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7194       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7195     }
7196 
7197     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7198     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7199     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7200     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7201       case FDK_Declaration:
7202       case FDK_Definition:
7203         break;
7204 
7205       case FDK_Defaulted:
7206         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7207         break;
7208 
7209       case FDK_Deleted:
7210         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7211         break;
7212     }
7213 
7214     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7215         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7216       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7217       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7218       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7219       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7220     }
7221 
7222     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7223         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7224       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7225       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7226       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7227       //   the class.
7228 
7229       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7230       // member function definition.
7231       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7232            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7233         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7234     }
7235 
7236     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7237     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7238     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7239     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7240     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7241          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7242         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7243       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7244           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7245           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7246   }
7247 
7248   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7249   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7250                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7251                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7252                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7253 
7254   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7255   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7256     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7257     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7258     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7259                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7260   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7261     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7262       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7263     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7264       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7265       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7266     }
7267   }
7268 
7269   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7270   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7271   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7272   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7273     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7274 
7275     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7276     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7277     // single void argument.
7278     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7279     // already checks for that case.
7280     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7281       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7282         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7283         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7284         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7285         Params.push_back(Param);
7286 
7287         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7288           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7289       }
7290     }
7291 
7292   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7293     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7294     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7295     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7296     //
7297     // @code
7298     // typedef void fn(int);
7299     // fn f;
7300     // @endcode
7301 
7302     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7303     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7304       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7305           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7306       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7307       Params.push_back(Param);
7308     }
7309   } else {
7310     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7311            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7312   }
7313 
7314   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7315   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7316 
7317   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7318   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7319   //
7320   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7321   //
7322   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7323   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7324   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7325 
7326   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7327     NewFD->addAttr(
7328         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7329                                        Context, 0));
7330 
7331   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7332   // because all functions have linkage.
7333   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7334       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7335     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7336     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7337   }
7338 
7339   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7340       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7341     NewFD->addAttr(
7342         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7343                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7344                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7345     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7346                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7347       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7348   }
7349 
7350   // Handle attributes.
7351   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7352 
7353   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7354   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7355       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7356   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7357       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7358     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7359     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7360     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7361     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7362     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7363       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7364   }
7365 
7366   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7367     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7368     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7369     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7370     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7371         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7372         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7373       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7374            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7375       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7376     }
7377   }
7378 
7379   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7380     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7381     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7382     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7383       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7384 
7385     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7386       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7387 
7388     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7389       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7390                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7391     else if (!Previous.empty())
7392       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7393       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7394     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7395             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7396            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7397   } else {
7398     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7399     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7400     //
7401     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7402     //
7403     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7404     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7405     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7406         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7407         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7408       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7409            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7410         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7411 
7412     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7413     // argument list into our AST format.
7414     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7415       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7416       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7417       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7418       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7419                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7420       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7421                                  TemplateArgs);
7422 
7423       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7424 
7425       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7426         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7427       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7428         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7429         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7430           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7431 
7432         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7433       } else {
7434         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7435                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7436                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7437         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7438         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7439       }
7440     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7441       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7442       // wrote something like:
7443       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7444       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7445       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7446       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7447       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7448       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7449       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7450     }
7451 
7452     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7453     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7454     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7455     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7456     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7457     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7458         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7459          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7460             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7461             InstantiationDependent))) {
7462       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7463              "friend function specialization without template args");
7464       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7465                                                        Previous))
7466         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7467     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7468       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7469           && !isFriend) {
7470         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7471         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7472           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7473           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7474           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7475       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7476                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7477                                                            : nullptr),
7478                                                      Previous))
7479         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7480 
7481       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7482       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7483       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7484       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7485           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7486       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7487         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7488           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7489                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7490             << SC
7491             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7492                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7493 
7494         else
7495           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7496                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7497             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7498                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7499       }
7500 
7501     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7502       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7503           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7504     }
7505 
7506     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7507     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7508       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7509         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7510 
7511       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7512         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7513 
7514       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7515         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7516                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7517     }
7518 
7519     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7520             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7521            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7522 
7523     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7524                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7525                                 : NewFD);
7526 
7527     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7528       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7529       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7530         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7531 
7532       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7533       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7534     }
7535 
7536     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7537         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7538       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7539 
7540     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7541     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7542     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7543       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7544                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7545       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7546                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7547                                     : nullptr,
7548                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7549                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7550                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7551                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7552                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7553                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7554                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7555                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7556                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7557     }
7558 
7559     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7560       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7561     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7562       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7563                                        AddToScope };
7564       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7565       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7566         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7567 
7568       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7569       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7570         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7571         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7572 
7573         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7574         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7575         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7576         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7577         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7578         // can actually do this check immediately.
7579         if (isFriend &&
7580             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7581              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7582              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7583           // ignore these
7584         } else {
7585           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7586           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7587           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7588           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7589           //
7590           // class X {
7591           //   void f() const;
7592           // };
7593           //
7594           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7595           //
7596           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7597           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7598           // whether the parameter types are references).
7599 
7600           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7601                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7602             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7603             return Result;
7604           }
7605         }
7606 
7607         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7608         // to something.
7609       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7610         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7611                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7612           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7613           return Result;
7614         }
7615       }
7616 
7617     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7618                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7619                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7620                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7621       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7622       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7623       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7624       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7625       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7626       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7627       // generate them.
7628       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7629         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7630     }
7631   }
7632 
7633   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7634   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7635 
7636   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7637 
7638   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7639       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7640     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7641          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7642       << NewFD;
7643 
7644     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7645     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7646     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7647         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7648     EPI.Variadic = true;
7649     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7650 
7651     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7652     NewFD->setType(R);
7653   }
7654 
7655   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7656   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7657   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7658     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7659 
7660   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7661   // marking the function.
7662   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7663 
7664   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7665   // a pragma.
7666   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7667     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7668 
7669   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7670   // the map of such variables.
7671   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7672       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7673     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7674 
7675   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7676   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7677 
7678   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7679     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7680         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7681         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7682   }
7683 
7684   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7685     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7686       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7687         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7688       return FunctionTemplate;
7689     }
7690   }
7691 
7692   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7693     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7694     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7695         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7696       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7697       D.setInvalidType();
7698     }
7699 
7700     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7701     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7702       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7703       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7704           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7705                                 : FixItHint());
7706       D.setInvalidType();
7707     }
7708 
7709     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7710     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7711       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7712   }
7713 
7714   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7715 
7716   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7717     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7718       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7719           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7720         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7721           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7722             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7723 
7724           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7725         }
7726       }
7727 
7728   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7729   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7730   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7731   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7732     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7733                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7734                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7735                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7736                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7737     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7738     AddToScope = false;
7739   }
7740 
7741   return NewFD;
7742 }
7743 
7744 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7745 ///
7746 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7747 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7748 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7749 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7750 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7751 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7752 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7753 ///
7754 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7755 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7756 ///
7757 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7758 ///
7759 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7760 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7761                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7762                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7763   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7764          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7765 
7766   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7767   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7768   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7769   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7770                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7771 
7772   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7773   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7774 
7775   bool Redeclaration = false;
7776   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7777 
7778   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7779   // the same name, if appropriate.
7780   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7781     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7782     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7783     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7784     // function to the scope.
7785     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7786       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7787       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7788         Redeclaration = true;
7789         OldDecl = Candidate;
7790       }
7791     } else {
7792       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7793                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7794       case Ovl_Match:
7795         Redeclaration = true;
7796         break;
7797 
7798       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7799         Redeclaration = true;
7800         break;
7801 
7802       case Ovl_Overload:
7803         Redeclaration = false;
7804         break;
7805       }
7806 
7807       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7808         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7809         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7810         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7811           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7812         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7813         if (Redeclaration)
7814           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7815         else if (!Previous.empty())
7816           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7817         if (OverloadedDecl)
7818           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7819                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7820         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7821       }
7822     }
7823   }
7824 
7825   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7826   if (!Redeclaration &&
7827       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7828     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7829     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7830       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7831       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7832       Redeclaration = true;
7833       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7834       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7835 
7836       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7837       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7838         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7839           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7840             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7841           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7842                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7843           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7844         }
7845         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7846           Redeclaration = false;
7847           OldDecl = nullptr;
7848         }
7849       }
7850     }
7851   }
7852 
7853   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7854   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7855   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7856   //
7857   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7858   // definition of a static member function.
7859   //
7860   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7861   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7862   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7863   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7864       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7865       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7866     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7867     if (OldDecl)
7868       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7869     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7870       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7871         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7872       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7873       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7874       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7875                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7876 
7877       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7878       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7879       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7880         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7881         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7882                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7883           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7884 
7885         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7886           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7887       }
7888     }
7889   }
7890 
7891   if (Redeclaration) {
7892     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7893     // merged.
7894     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7895       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7896       return Redeclaration;
7897     }
7898 
7899     Previous.clear();
7900     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7901 
7902     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7903                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7904       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7905       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7906         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7907       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7908       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7909             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7910         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7911         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7912       }
7913 
7914       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7915       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7916       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7917           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7918         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7919         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7920       }
7921 
7922     } else {
7923       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7924       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7925 
7926       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7927         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7928         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7929         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7930         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7931 
7932         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7933         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7934         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7935 
7936         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7937         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7938             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7939           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7940           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7941           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7942           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7943           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7944             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7945           }
7946         }
7947       }
7948     }
7949   }
7950 
7951   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7952 
7953   // Diagnose the use of callee-cleanup calls on unprototyped functions.
7954   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7955   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7956   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7957     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7958     if (isCalleeCleanup(NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
7959       // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7960       // (void) parameters, so use a default-error warning in this case :-/
7961       int DiagID = NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86StdCall
7962           ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7963       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7964           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC());
7965     }
7966   }
7967 
7968   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7969     // C++-specific checks.
7970     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7971       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7972     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7973                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7974       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7975       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7976 
7977       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7978       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7979       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7980         DeclarationName Name
7981           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7982                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7983         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7984           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7985           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7986           return Redeclaration;
7987         }
7988       }
7989     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7990                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7991       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7992     }
7993 
7994     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7995     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7996       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7997           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7998           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7999         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
8000           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
8001           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8002             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
8003           }
8004         }
8005       }
8006 
8007       if (Method->isStatic())
8008         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8009     }
8010 
8011     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8012     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8013         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8014       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8015       return Redeclaration;
8016     }
8017 
8018     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8019     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8020         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8021       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8022       return Redeclaration;
8023     }
8024 
8025     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8026     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8027     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8028     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8029       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8030 
8031     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8032     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8033     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8034       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8035       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8036       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8037       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8038         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8039         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8040         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8041       }
8042     }
8043 
8044     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8045     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8046     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8047     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8048     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
8049       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8050       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8051         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8052             << NewFD << R;
8053       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8054                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8055         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8056     }
8057   }
8058   return Redeclaration;
8059 }
8060 
8061 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8062   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8063   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8064   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8065   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8066   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8067   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8068   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8069   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8070     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8071          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8072       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8073   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8074     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8075       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8076   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8077     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8078     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8079     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8080     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8081       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8082   }
8083   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8084     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8085       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8086     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8087   }
8088 
8089   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8090     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8091         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8092     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8093     return;
8094   }
8095 
8096   QualType T = FD->getType();
8097   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8098   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8099 
8100   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8101     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8102     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8103     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8104 
8105     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8106     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8107       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8108     else {
8109       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8110       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8111       if (RTRange.isValid())
8112         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8113             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8114     }
8115   } else {
8116     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8117     // set the flag which tells us that.
8118     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8119 
8120     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8121     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8122       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8123     else {
8124       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8125       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8126       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8127           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8128                                 : FixItHint());
8129       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8130     }
8131   }
8132 
8133   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8134   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8135 
8136   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8137   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8138   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8139 
8140   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8141 
8142   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8143   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8144   // getting shifty.
8145   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8146     HasExtraParameters = false;
8147 
8148   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8149     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8150     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8151     nparams = 3;
8152   }
8153 
8154   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8155   // if we had some location information about types.
8156 
8157   QualType CharPP =
8158     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8159   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8160 
8161   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8162     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8163 
8164     bool mismatch = true;
8165 
8166     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8167       mismatch = false;
8168     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8169       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8170       //   char const **
8171       //   char const * const *
8172       //   char * const *
8173 
8174       QualifierCollector qs;
8175       const PointerType* PT;
8176       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8177           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8178           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8179                               Context.CharTy)) {
8180         qs.removeConst();
8181         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8182       }
8183     }
8184 
8185     if (mismatch) {
8186       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8187       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8188       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8189     }
8190   }
8191 
8192   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8193     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8194   }
8195 
8196   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8197     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8198     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8199   }
8200 }
8201 
8202 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8203   QualType T = FD->getType();
8204   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8205   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8206 
8207   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8208   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8209   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8210       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8211       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8212     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8213     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8214       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8215 
8216   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8217     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8218     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8219   }
8220 }
8221 
8222 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8223   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8224   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8225   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8226   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8227   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8228   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8229   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8230   // rules there don't matter.)
8231   const Expr *Culprit;
8232   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8233     return false;
8234   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8235     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8236   return true;
8237 }
8238 
8239 namespace {
8240   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8241   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8242   class SelfReferenceChecker
8243       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8244     Sema &S;
8245     Decl *OrigDecl;
8246     bool isRecordType;
8247     bool isPODType;
8248     bool isReferenceType;
8249 
8250     bool isInitList;
8251     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8252   public:
8253     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8254 
8255     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8256                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8257       isPODType = false;
8258       isRecordType = false;
8259       isReferenceType = false;
8260       isInitList = false;
8261       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8262         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8263         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8264         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8265       }
8266     }
8267 
8268     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8269     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8270     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8271     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8272       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8273       if (!InitList) {
8274         Visit(E);
8275         return;
8276       }
8277 
8278       // Track and increment the index here.
8279       isInitList = true;
8280       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8281       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8282         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8283         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8284       }
8285       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8286     }
8287 
8288     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8289     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8290     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8291       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8292       Expr *Base = E;
8293       bool ReferenceField = false;
8294 
8295       // Get the field memebers used.
8296       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8297         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8298         if (!FD)
8299           return false;
8300         Fields.push_back(FD);
8301         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8302           ReferenceField = true;
8303         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8304       }
8305 
8306       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8307       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8308       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8309         return false;
8310 
8311       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8312       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8313         return true;
8314 
8315       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8316       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8317       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8318         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8319       }
8320 
8321       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8322       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8323       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8324       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8325                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8326                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8327                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8328            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8329         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8330           return true;
8331         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8332           break;
8333       }
8334 
8335       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8336       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8337       return true;
8338     }
8339 
8340     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8341     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8342     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8343     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8344       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8345       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8346         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8347         return;
8348       }
8349 
8350       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8351         Visit(CO->getCond());
8352         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8353         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8354         return;
8355       }
8356 
8357       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8358               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8359         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8360         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8361         return;
8362       }
8363 
8364       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8365         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8366         return;
8367       }
8368 
8369       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8370         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8371           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8372           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8373           return;
8374         }
8375       }
8376 
8377       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8378         if (isInitList) {
8379           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8380                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8381             return;
8382         }
8383 
8384         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8385         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8386           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8387           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8388             return;
8389           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8390         }
8391         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8392           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8393         return;
8394       }
8395 
8396       Visit(E);
8397     }
8398 
8399     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8400     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8401     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8402       if (isReferenceType)
8403         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8404     }
8405 
8406     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8407       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8408         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8409         return;
8410       }
8411 
8412       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8413     }
8414 
8415     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8416       if (isInitList) {
8417         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8418           return;
8419       }
8420 
8421       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8422       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8423 
8424       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8425       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8426       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8427       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8428       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8429       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8430         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8431           Warn = false;
8432         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8433       }
8434 
8435       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8436         if (Warn)
8437           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8438         return;
8439       }
8440 
8441       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8442       // Visit that expression.
8443       Visit(Base);
8444     }
8445 
8446     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8447       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8448         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8449           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8450 
8451       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8452     }
8453 
8454     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8455       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8456       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8457           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8458         if (!isPODType)
8459           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8460         return;
8461       }
8462 
8463       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8464         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8465         return;
8466       }
8467 
8468       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8469     }
8470 
8471     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8472 
8473     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8474       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8475         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8476         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8477           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8478             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8479         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8480           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8481             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8482         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8483         return;
8484       }
8485       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8486     }
8487 
8488     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8489       // Treat std::move as a use.
8490       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8491         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8492           if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8493             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8494             return;
8495           }
8496         }
8497       }
8498 
8499       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8500     }
8501 
8502     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8503       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8504         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8505         Visit(E->getRHS());
8506         return;
8507       }
8508 
8509       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8510     }
8511 
8512     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8513     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8514     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8515     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8516       Visit(E->getCond());
8517       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8518     }
8519 
8520     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8521       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8522       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8523       unsigned diag;
8524       if (isReferenceType) {
8525         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8526       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8527         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8528       } else {
8529         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8530       }
8531 
8532       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8533                             S.PDiag(diag)
8534                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8535                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8536                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8537     }
8538   };
8539 
8540   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8541   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8542                                  bool DirectInit) {
8543     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8544     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8545     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8546       return;
8547 
8548     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8549 
8550     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8551     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8552     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8553       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8554         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8555           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8556             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8557               return;
8558 
8559     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8560   }
8561 }
8562 
8563 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8564 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8565 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8566 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8567                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8568   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8569   // the initializer.
8570   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8571     return;
8572 
8573   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8574     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8575     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8576     // Thus this grotesque test.
8577     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8578     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8579         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8580       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8581     else {
8582       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8583         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8584       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8585     }
8586     return;
8587   }
8588 
8589   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8590   if (!VDecl) {
8591     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8592     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8593     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8594     return;
8595   }
8596   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8597 
8598   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8599   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8600     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8601     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8602     // contains exactly one expression.
8603     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8604       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8605         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8606         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8607         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8608              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8609                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8610           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8611           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8612         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8613         return;
8614       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8615         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8616              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8617                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8618                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8619           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8620           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8621         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8622         return;
8623       } else {
8624         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8625         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8626           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8627                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8628             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8629             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8630       }
8631     }
8632 
8633     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8634     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8635     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8636         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8637       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8638       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8639         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8640         return;
8641       }
8642       Init = Result.get();
8643       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8644     }
8645 
8646     QualType DeducedType;
8647     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8648             DAR_Failed)
8649       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8650     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8651       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8652       return;
8653     }
8654     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8655     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8656 
8657     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8658     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8659       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8660 
8661     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8662     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8663     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8664     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8665     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8666         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8667       SourceLocation Loc =
8668           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8669       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8670         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8671     }
8672 
8673     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8674     // the previously declared type.
8675     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8676       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8677       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8678       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8679     }
8680 
8681     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8682     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8683     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8684       return;
8685   }
8686 
8687   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8688   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8689     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8690     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8691     return;
8692   }
8693 
8694   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8695     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8696     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8697     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8698     return;
8699   }
8700 
8701   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8702     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8703     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8704     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8705     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8706     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8707       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8708     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8709                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8710       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8711       return;
8712     }
8713 
8714     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8715     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8716                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8717                                AbstractVariableType))
8718       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8719   }
8720 
8721   const VarDecl *Def;
8722   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8723     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8724       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8725     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8726     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8727     return;
8728   }
8729 
8730   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8731   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8732     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8733     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8734     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8735     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8736     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8737     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8738     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8739     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8740     //
8741     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8742     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8743     // declaration with an initializer.
8744     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8745       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8746           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8747       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8748       return;
8749     }
8750 
8751     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8752       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8753 
8754     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8755       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8756       return;
8757     }
8758   }
8759 
8760   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8761   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8762   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8763     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8764     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8765     return;
8766   }
8767 
8768   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8769   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8770   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8771 
8772   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8773   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8774   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8775       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8776     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8777     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8778       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8779       return;
8780     }
8781     Init = Result.get();
8782   }
8783 
8784   // Perform the initialization.
8785   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8786     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8787     InitializationKind Kind
8788       = DirectInit ?
8789           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8790                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8791                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8792                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8793                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8794                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8795                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8796 
8797     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8798     if (CXXDirectInit)
8799       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8800                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8801 
8802     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8803     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8804     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8805       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8806       return;
8807     }
8808 
8809     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8810   }
8811 
8812   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8813   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8814   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8815   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8816       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8817     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8818   }
8819 
8820   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8821   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8822   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8823   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8824   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8825     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8826 
8827   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8828     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8829 
8830     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8831       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8832 
8833     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8834     // Although this code can still have problems:
8835     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8836     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8837     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8838     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8839     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8840     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8841         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8842                          Init->getLocStart()))
8843         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8844   }
8845 
8846   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8847   //
8848   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8849   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8850   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8851   //
8852   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8853   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8854   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8855   //
8856   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8857   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8858                                           false,
8859                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8860   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8861     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8862     return;
8863   }
8864   Init = Result.get();
8865 
8866   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8867   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8868 
8869   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8870     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8871     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8872     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8873     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8874       const Expr *Culprit;
8875       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8876         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8877       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8878       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8879       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8880       // constant expressions.
8881       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8882                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8883                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8884         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8885              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8886           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8887     }
8888   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8889              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8890     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8891     //
8892     // struct S {
8893     //   static const int value = 17;
8894     // };
8895 
8896     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8897     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8898     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8899     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8900     //
8901     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8902     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8903     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8904     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8905     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8906     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8907     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8908     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8909     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8910 
8911     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8912     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8913 
8914     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8915     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8916     // type.
8917     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8918 
8919     // Require constness.
8920     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8921       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8922         << Init->getSourceRange();
8923       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8924 
8925     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8926     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8927       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8928       SourceLocation Loc;
8929       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8930         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8931         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8932         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8933       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8934         ; // Nothing to check.
8935       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8936         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8937       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8938         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8939         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8940         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8941           << Init->getSourceRange();
8942       } else {
8943         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8944         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8945         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8946           << Init->getSourceRange();
8947         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8948       }
8949 
8950     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8951     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8952       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8953       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8954       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8955         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8956              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8957             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8958         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8959              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8960             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8961       } else {
8962         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8963           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8964 
8965         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8966           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8967             << Init->getSourceRange();
8968           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8969         }
8970       }
8971 
8972     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8973     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8974       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8975         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8976         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8977       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8978 
8979     } else {
8980       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8981         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8982       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8983     }
8984   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8985     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8986         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8987          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8988            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8989         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8990       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8991 
8992     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8993     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8994       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8995   }
8996 
8997   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8998   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8999   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
9000   //
9001   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
9002   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
9003   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
9004   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
9005   // special case code.
9006 
9007   // C++ 8.5p11:
9008   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9009   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9010   // class type.
9011   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9012     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9013     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9014   } else if (DirectInit) {
9015     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9016     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9017   }
9018 
9019   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9020 }
9021 
9022 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9023 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9024 /// of sanity.
9025 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9026   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9027   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9028   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9029 
9030   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9031   if (!VD) return;
9032 
9033   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9034   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9035     D->setInvalidDecl();
9036     return;
9037   }
9038 
9039   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9040   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9041 
9042   // Require a complete type.
9043   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9044                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9045                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9046     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9047     return;
9048   }
9049 
9050   // Require a non-abstract type.
9051   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9052                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9053                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9054     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9055     return;
9056   }
9057 
9058   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9059   // though.
9060 }
9061 
9062 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9063                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9064   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9065   if (!RealDecl)
9066     return;
9067 
9068   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9069     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9070 
9071     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9072     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9073       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9074         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9075       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9076       return;
9077     }
9078 
9079     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9080     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9081     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9082     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9083     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9084     // member.
9085     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9086       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9087         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9088              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9089           << Var->getDeclName();
9090       else
9091         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9092       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9093       return;
9094     }
9095 
9096     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9097     // be initialized.
9098     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9099         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9100         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9101       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9102       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9103       return;
9104     }
9105 
9106     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9107     case VarDecl::Definition:
9108       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9109         break;
9110 
9111       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9112       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9113       // a declaration.
9114       //
9115       // Fall through
9116 
9117     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9118       // It's only a declaration.
9119 
9120       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9121       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9122       // object shall be complete.
9123       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9124           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9125           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9126                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9127         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9128 
9129       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9130       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9131           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9132                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9133                                  AbstractVariableType))
9134         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9135       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9136           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9137         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9138         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9139       }
9140 
9141       return;
9142 
9143     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9144       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9145       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9146       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9147       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9148       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9149       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9150         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9151                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9152           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9153                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9154                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9155             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9156         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9157           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9158           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9159           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9160           // NOTE: code such as the following
9161           //     static struct s;
9162           //     struct s { int a; };
9163           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9164           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9165           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9166           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9167             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9168                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9169         }
9170       }
9171 
9172       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9173       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9174         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9175       return;
9176     }
9177 
9178     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9179     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9180     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9181       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9182            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9183       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9184       return;
9185     }
9186 
9187     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9188     // definitions with reference type.
9189     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9190       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9191         << Var->getDeclName()
9192         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9193       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9194       return;
9195     }
9196 
9197     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9198     // variable with dependent type.
9199     if (Type->isDependentType())
9200       return;
9201 
9202     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9203       return;
9204 
9205     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9206       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9207                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9208                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9209         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9210         return;
9211       }
9212     }
9213 
9214     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9215     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9216                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9217                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9218       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9219       return;
9220     }
9221 
9222     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9223     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9224     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9225     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9226     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9227     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9228     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9229     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9230     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9231     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9232     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9233       if (const RecordType *Record
9234             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9235         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9236         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9237         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9238         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9239         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9240           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9241       }
9242     }
9243 
9244     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9245     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9246     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9247     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9248     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9249     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9250     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9251     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9252     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9253     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9254     //   program is ill-formed.
9255     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9256     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9257     //   default-initialized; [...].
9258     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9259     InitializationKind Kind
9260       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9261 
9262     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9263     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9264     if (Init.isInvalid())
9265       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9266     else if (Init.get()) {
9267       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9268       // This is important for template substitution.
9269       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9270     }
9271 
9272     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9273   }
9274 }
9275 
9276 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9277   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9278   if (!VD) {
9279     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9280     D->setInvalidDecl();
9281     return;
9282   }
9283 
9284   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9285 
9286   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9287   int Error = -1;
9288   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9289   case SC_None:
9290     break;
9291   case SC_Extern:
9292     Error = 0;
9293     break;
9294   case SC_Static:
9295     Error = 1;
9296     break;
9297   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9298     Error = 2;
9299     break;
9300   case SC_Auto:
9301     Error = 3;
9302     break;
9303   case SC_Register:
9304     Error = 4;
9305     break;
9306   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9307     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9308   }
9309   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9310     Error = 5;
9311   if (Error != -1) {
9312     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9313       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9314     D->setInvalidDecl();
9315   }
9316 }
9317 
9318 StmtResult
9319 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9320                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9321                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9322                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9323   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9324   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9325   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9326   //   is equivalent to
9327   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9328   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9329 
9330   const char *PrevSpec;
9331   unsigned DiagID;
9332   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9333                      getPrintingPolicy());
9334 
9335   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9336   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9337   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9338 
9339   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9340   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9341                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9342   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9343   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9344   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9345   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9346                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9347 }
9348 
9349 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9350   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9351 
9352   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9353   // local retaining variable.
9354   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9355       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9356     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9357     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9358     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9359     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9360       break;
9361 
9362     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9363     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9364       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9365       break;
9366     }
9367   }
9368 
9369   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9370   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9371   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9372   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9373   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9374   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9375       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9376       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9377       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9378                                   var->getLocation())) {
9379     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9380     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9381     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9382       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9383 
9384     if (!prev)
9385       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9386   }
9387 
9388   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9389     const Expr *Culprit;
9390     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9391       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9392       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9393       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9394       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9395       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9396         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9397     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9398                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9399                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9400       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9401       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9402       //   initialization.
9403       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9404       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9405         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9406       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9407         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9408     }
9409 
9410   }
9411 
9412   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9413       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9414     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9415     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9416     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9417       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9418     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9419       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9420       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9421     } else {
9422       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9423       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9424     }
9425     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9426       var->addAttr(
9427           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9428                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9429                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9430     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9431       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9432         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9433 
9434     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9435     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9436     // attribute.
9437     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9438       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9439                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9440   }
9441 
9442   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9443   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9444 
9445   QualType type = var->getType();
9446   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9447 
9448   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9449   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9450     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9451     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9452 
9453     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9454     // constructing this copy.
9455     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9456       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9457       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9458       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9459       ExprResult result
9460         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9461             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9462             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9463       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9464         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9465         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9466         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9467       }
9468     }
9469   }
9470 
9471   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9472   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9473   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9474 
9475   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9476       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9477     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9478         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9479                                     var->getLocation())) {
9480       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9481       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9482       // warned about them.
9483       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9484       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9485           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9486         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9487           << Init->getSourceRange();
9488     }
9489 
9490     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9491       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9492       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9493         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9494         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9495         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9496         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9497               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9498           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9499           Notes.clear();
9500         }
9501         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9502           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9503         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9504           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9505       }
9506     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9507       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9508       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9509       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9510       var->checkInitIsICE();
9511     }
9512   }
9513 
9514   // Require the destructor.
9515   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9516     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9517 }
9518 
9519 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9520 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9521 void
9522 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9523   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9524   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9525 
9526   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9527   if (!VD)
9528     return;
9529 
9530   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9531 
9532   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9533   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9534     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9535             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9536       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9537         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9538         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9539         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9540       }
9541     }
9542   }
9543 
9544   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9545   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9546     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9547         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9548       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9549       // with a warning.
9550       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9551         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9552       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9553           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9554           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9555 
9556       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9557            IsClassTemplateMember
9558                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9559                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9560       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9561       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9562         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9563     }
9564   }
9565 
9566   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9567     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9568       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9569       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9570     }
9571   }
9572 
9573   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9574       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9575     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9576       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9577         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9578             << VD->getDeclName();
9579         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9580         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9581       }
9582     }
9583   }
9584 
9585   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9586   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9587   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9588   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9589     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9590 
9591   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9592   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9593       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9594     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9595 
9596   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9597   // tag values.
9598   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9599       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9600     return;
9601 
9602   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9603     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9604     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9605       continue;
9606     }
9607     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9608     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9609       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9610            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9611         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9612       continue;
9613     }
9614     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9615       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9616            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9617         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9618       continue;
9619     }
9620     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9621     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9622                                MagicValue,
9623                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9624                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9625                                I->getMustBeNull());
9626   }
9627 }
9628 
9629 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9630                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9631   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9632 
9633   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9634     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9635 
9636   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9637   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9638     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9639       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9640         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9641           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9642       Decls.push_back(D);
9643     }
9644 
9645   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9646     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9647       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9648       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9649         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9650     }
9651   }
9652 
9653   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9654 }
9655 
9656 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9657 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9658 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9659 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9660                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9661   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9662   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9663   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9664   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9665   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9666   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9667   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9668   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9669     QualType Deduced;
9670     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9671     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9672     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9673       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9674         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9675         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9676         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9677           break;
9678         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9679         if (!U.isNull()) {
9680           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9681           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9682             Deduced = U;
9683             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9684             DeducedDecl = D;
9685           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9686             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9687                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9688               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9689               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9690               << U << D->getDeclName()
9691               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9692               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9693             D->setInvalidDecl();
9694             break;
9695           }
9696         }
9697       }
9698     }
9699   }
9700 
9701   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9702 
9703   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9704       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9705 }
9706 
9707 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9708   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9709 }
9710 
9711 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9712   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9713   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9714    return;
9715 
9716   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9717     return;
9718 
9719   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9720     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9721     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9722     // additional declaration references:
9723     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9724     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9725     //   'struct S *pS;'
9726     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9727     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9728     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9729       Group = Group.slice(1);
9730     }
9731   }
9732 
9733   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9734   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9735   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9736       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9737     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9738     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9739     //
9740     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9741     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9742     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9743     // ahead through comments.
9744     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9745       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9746   }
9747 }
9748 
9749 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9750 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9751 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9752   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9753 
9754   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9755 
9756   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9757   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9758   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9759     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9760   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9761              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9762     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9763   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9764     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9765          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9766     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9767   }
9768 
9769   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9770     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9771       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9772   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9773     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9774       << 0;
9775 
9776   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9777 
9778   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9779   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9780 
9781   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9782     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9783     // parameter.
9784     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9785 
9786     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9787     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9788       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9789         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9790       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9791     }
9792   }
9793 
9794   // Ensure we have a valid name
9795   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9796   if (D.hasName()) {
9797     II = D.getIdentifier();
9798     if (!II) {
9799       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9800         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9801       D.setInvalidType(true);
9802     }
9803   }
9804 
9805   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9806   if (II) {
9807     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9808                    ForRedeclaration);
9809     LookupName(R, S);
9810     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9811       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9812       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9813         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9814         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9815         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9816         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9817       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9818         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9819         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9820 
9821         // Recover by removing the name
9822         II = nullptr;
9823         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9824         D.setInvalidType(true);
9825       }
9826     }
9827   }
9828 
9829   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9830   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9831   // looking like class members in C++.
9832   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9833                                     D.getLocStart(),
9834                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9835                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9836                                     StorageClass);
9837 
9838   if (D.isInvalidType())
9839     New->setInvalidDecl();
9840 
9841   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9842   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9843   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9844                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9845 
9846   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9847   S->AddDecl(New);
9848   if (II)
9849     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9850 
9851   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9852 
9853   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9854     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9855       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9856       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9857       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9858 
9859   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9860     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9861   }
9862   return New;
9863 }
9864 
9865 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9866 /// typedef.
9867 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9868                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9869                                               QualType T) {
9870   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9871      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9872      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9873   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9874                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9875                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9876   Param->setImplicit();
9877   return Param;
9878 }
9879 
9880 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9881                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9882   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9883   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9884   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9885     return;
9886 
9887   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9888     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9889         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9890       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9891         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9892     }
9893   }
9894 }
9895 
9896 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9897                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9898                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9899                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9900   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9901     return;
9902 
9903   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9904   // threshold.
9905   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9906     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9907     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9908       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9909           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9910   }
9911 
9912   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9913   // threshold.
9914   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9915     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9916     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9917       continue;
9918     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9919     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9920       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9921           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9922   }
9923 }
9924 
9925 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9926                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9927                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9928                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9929   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9930   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9931       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9932       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9933 
9934     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9935 
9936     // Special cases for arrays:
9937     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9938     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9939     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9940       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9941         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9942             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9943             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9944       }
9945       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9946     } else {
9947       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9948     }
9949     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9950   }
9951 
9952   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9953                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9954                                          TSInfo,
9955                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9956 
9957   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9958   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9959   // the class has been completely parsed.
9960   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9961       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9962                              AbstractParamType))
9963     New->setInvalidDecl();
9964 
9965   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9966   // passed by reference.
9967   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9968     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9969     Diag(NameLoc,
9970          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9971       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9972     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9973     New->setType(T);
9974   }
9975 
9976   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9977   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9978   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9979   // an address space.
9980   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9981     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9982     // to be qualified with an address space.
9983     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9984       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9985       New->setInvalidDecl();
9986     }
9987   }
9988 
9989   return New;
9990 }
9991 
9992 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9993                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9994   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9995 
9996   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9997   // for a K&R function.
9998   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9999     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10000       --i;
10001       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10002         SmallString<256> Code;
10003         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10004             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10005         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10006             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10007             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
10008 
10009         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10010         // type.
10011         AttributeFactory attrs;
10012         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10013         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10014         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10015         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10016                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10017         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10018         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10019         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10020         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10021         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10022         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10023       }
10024     }
10025   }
10026 }
10027 
10028 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10029   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10030   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10031   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10032 
10033   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10034   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10035   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10036 }
10037 
10038 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10039   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10040 }
10041 
10042 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10043                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10044   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10045   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10046     return false;
10047 
10048   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10049   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10050     return false;
10051 
10052   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10053   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10054     return false;
10055 
10056   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10057   if (FD->isMain())
10058     return false;
10059 
10060   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10061   if (FD->isInlined())
10062     return false;
10063 
10064   // Don't warn about function templates.
10065   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10066     return false;
10067 
10068   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10069   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10070     return false;
10071 
10072   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10073   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10074     return false;
10075 
10076   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10077   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10078        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10079     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10080     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10081     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10082       continue;
10083 
10084     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10085     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10086       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10087     break;
10088   }
10089 
10090   return MissingPrototype;
10091 }
10092 
10093 void
10094 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10095                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10096   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10097   // was an extern inline function.
10098   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10099   if (!Definition)
10100     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10101       return;
10102 
10103   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10104     return;
10105 
10106   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10107       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10108     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10109         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10110   else
10111     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10112 
10113   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10114   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10115 }
10116 
10117 
10118 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10119                                    Sema &S) {
10120   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10121 
10122   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10123   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10124   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10125   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10126   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10127 
10128   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10129     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10130   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10131     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10132   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10133     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10134   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10135 
10136   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10137   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10138 
10139   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10140   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10141   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10142   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10143     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10144       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10145       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10146         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10147       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10148       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10149       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10150           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
10151           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10152                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10153           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10154 
10155     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10156       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10157                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10158     } else {
10159       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10160     }
10161     ++I;
10162   }
10163 }
10164 
10165 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10166   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10167   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10168 
10169   if (!D)
10170     return D;
10171   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10172 
10173   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10174     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10175   else
10176     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10177   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10178   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10179   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10180   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10181   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10182   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10183   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10184   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10185   // have the LSI properly restored.
10186   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10187     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10188       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10189       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10190     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10191   }
10192   else
10193     // Enter a new function scope
10194     PushFunctionScope();
10195 
10196   // See if this is a redefinition.
10197   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10198     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10199 
10200   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10201   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10202     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10203         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10204       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10205       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10206     }
10207   }
10208 
10209   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10210   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10211   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10212   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10213       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10214       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10215                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10216     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10217 
10218   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10219   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10220   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10221   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10222   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10223   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10224   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10225     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10226 
10227     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10228       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10229       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10230       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10231               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10232         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10233         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10234           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10235                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10236             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10237             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10238       }
10239     }
10240   }
10241 
10242   if (FnBodyScope)
10243     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10244 
10245   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10246   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10247                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10248 
10249   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10250   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10251     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10252 
10253     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10254     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10255       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10256 
10257       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10258     }
10259   }
10260 
10261   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10262   // introduce them into the function scope.
10263   if (FnBodyScope) {
10264     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10265              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10266              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10267          I != E; ++I) {
10268       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10269 
10270       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10271       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10272       // and reattach to the current context.
10273       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10274         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10275         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10276           if (DI == D) {
10277             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10278             break;
10279           }
10280         }
10281         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10282         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10283       }
10284 
10285       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10286       if (!D->getName().empty())
10287         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10288 
10289       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10290       // accessible in this scope.
10291       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10292         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10293           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10294       }
10295     }
10296   }
10297 
10298   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10299   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10300     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10301 
10302   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10303   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10304       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10305     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10306     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10307     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10308     return D;
10309   }
10310   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10311   // a function template).
10312   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10313   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10314       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10315       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10316     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10317 
10318   return D;
10319 }
10320 
10321 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10322 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10323 /// optimization.
10324 ///
10325 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10326 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10327 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10328 /// use the named return value optimization.
10329 ///
10330 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10331 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10332 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10333 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10334   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10335 
10336   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10337     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10338       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10339         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10340     }
10341   }
10342 }
10343 
10344 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10345   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10346   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10347     return false;
10348 
10349   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10350   // return type (yet).
10351   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10352     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10353     // we can still delay parsing it.
10354     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10355       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10356       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10357           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10358         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10359         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10360       }
10361     }
10362     return false;
10363   }
10364 
10365   return true;
10366 }
10367 
10368 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10369   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10370   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10371   // rest of the file.
10372   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10373   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10374   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10375     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10376       return false;
10377   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10378 }
10379 
10380 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10381   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10382     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10383   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10384     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10385   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10386 }
10387 
10388 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10389   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10390 }
10391 
10392 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10393                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10394   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10395 
10396   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10397   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10398 
10399   if (FD) {
10400     FD->setBody(Body);
10401 
10402     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10403         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10404       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10405       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10406       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10407       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10408         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10409             << FD->getReturnType();
10410         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10411       } else {
10412         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10413         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10414             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10415         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10416             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10417       }
10418     }
10419 
10420     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10421     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10422     // is the first declaration.
10423     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10424       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10425         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10426       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10427                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10428                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10429         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10430     }
10431 
10432     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10433     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10434     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10435       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10436 
10437     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10438     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10439     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10440       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10441 
10442     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10443       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10444       if (Body)
10445         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10446       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10447                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10448 
10449       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10450       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10451         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10452 
10453       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10454       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10455       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10456       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10457           !FD->isDependentContext())
10458         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10459     }
10460 
10461     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10462            "Function parsing confused");
10463   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10464     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10465     MD->setBody(Body);
10466     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10467       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10468       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10469                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10470 
10471       if (Body)
10472         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10473     }
10474     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10475       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10476         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10477       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10478     }
10479     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10480       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10481       bool isDesignated =
10482           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10483       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10484       (void)isDesignated;
10485 
10486       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10487         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10488         if (!IFace)
10489           return false;
10490         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10491         if (!SuperD)
10492           return false;
10493         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10494             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10495       };
10496       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10497       // of NSObject.
10498       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10499         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10500              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10501         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10502              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10503       }
10504       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10505     }
10506     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10507       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10508       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10509         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10510       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10511     }
10512   } else {
10513     return nullptr;
10514   }
10515 
10516   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10517          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10518          "handled in the block above.");
10519 
10520   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10521   if (Body) {
10522     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10523     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10524     // Verify this.
10525     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10526       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10527 
10528     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10529     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10530         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10531       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10532 
10533     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10534       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10535         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10536 
10537       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10538                                              Destructor->getParent());
10539     }
10540 
10541     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10542     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10543     // deletion in some later function.
10544     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10545         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10546       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10547     }
10548     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10549         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10550       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10551       // enabled.
10552       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10553     }
10554 
10555     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10556         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10557          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10558       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10559 
10560     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10561       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10562         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10563           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10564           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10565           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10566           break;
10567         }
10568       }
10569     }
10570 
10571     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10572     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10573     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10574            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10575   }
10576 
10577   if (!IsInstantiation)
10578     PopDeclContext();
10579 
10580   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10581   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10582   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10583   // deletion in some later function.
10584   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10585     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10586   }
10587 
10588   return dcl;
10589 }
10590 
10591 
10592 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10593 /// relevant Decl.
10594 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10595                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10596   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10597   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10598     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10599   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10600 
10601   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10602     if (Method->isStatic())
10603       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10604 }
10605 
10606 
10607 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10608 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10609 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10610                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10611   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10612   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10613   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10614   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10615   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10616     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10617     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10618     return ExternCPrev;
10619   }
10620 
10621   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10622   unsigned diag_id;
10623   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10624     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10625   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10626     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10627   else
10628     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10629   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10630 
10631   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10632   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10633   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10634     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10635     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10636     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10637                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10638                                       CTK_NonError)))
10639       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10640                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10641   }
10642 
10643   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10644   const char *Dummy;
10645   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10646   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10647   unsigned DiagID;
10648   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10649                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10650   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10651   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10652   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10653   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10654   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10655                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10656                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10657                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10658                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10659                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10660                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10661                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10662                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10663                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10664                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10665                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10666                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10667                                              EST_None,
10668                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10669                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10670                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10671                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10672                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10673                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10674                 DS.getAttributes(),
10675                 SourceLocation());
10676   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10677 
10678   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10679 
10680   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10681   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10682 
10683   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10684   FD->setImplicit();
10685 
10686   CurContext = PrevDC;
10687 
10688   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10689 
10690   return FD;
10691 }
10692 
10693 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10694 /// the declaration of this function.
10695 ///
10696 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10697 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10698 /// like NSLog or printf.
10699 ///
10700 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10701 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10702 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10703   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10704     return;
10705 
10706   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10707   // actual attributes.
10708   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10709     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10710     unsigned FormatIdx;
10711     bool HasVAListArg;
10712     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10713       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10714         const char *fmt = "printf";
10715         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10716         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10717             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10718           fmt = "NSString";
10719         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10720                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10721                                                FormatIdx+1,
10722                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10723                                                FD->getLocation()));
10724       }
10725     }
10726     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10727                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10728      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10729        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10730                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10731                                               FormatIdx+1,
10732                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10733                                               FD->getLocation()));
10734     }
10735 
10736     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10737     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10738     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10739     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10740         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10741       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10742         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10743     }
10744 
10745     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10746         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10747       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10748                                          FD->getLocation()));
10749     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10750       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10751     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10752       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10753   }
10754 
10755   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10756   if (!Name)
10757     return;
10758   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10759        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10760       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10761        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10762        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10763     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10764     // about.
10765   } else
10766     return;
10767 
10768   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10769     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10770     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10771     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10772       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10773                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10774                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10775                                              FD->getLocation()));
10776   }
10777 
10778   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10779     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10780     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10781     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10782       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10783                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10784   }
10785 }
10786 
10787 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10788                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10789   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10790   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10791 
10792   if (!TInfo) {
10793     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10794     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10795   }
10796 
10797   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10798   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10799                                            D.getLocStart(),
10800                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10801                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10802                                            TInfo);
10803 
10804   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10805   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10806     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10807     return NewTD;
10808   }
10809 
10810   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10811     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10812       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10813         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10814         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10815         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10816     else
10817       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10818   }
10819 
10820   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10821   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10822   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10823   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10824   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10825   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10826   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10827   case TST_enum:
10828   case TST_struct:
10829   case TST_interface:
10830   case TST_union:
10831   case TST_class: {
10832     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10833 
10834     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10835     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10836     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10837     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10838 
10839     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10840     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10841 
10842     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10843     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10844       break;
10845 
10846     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10847     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10848     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10849     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10850     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10851     // for how to handle it.
10852     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10853       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10854 
10855       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10856       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10857 
10858       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10859       textToInsert += ' ';
10860       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10861       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10862         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10863       break;
10864     }
10865 
10866     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10867     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10868     break;
10869   }
10870 
10871   default:
10872     break;
10873   }
10874 
10875   return NewTD;
10876 }
10877 
10878 
10879 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10880 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10881   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10882   QualType T = TI->getType();
10883 
10884   if (T->isDependentType())
10885     return false;
10886 
10887   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10888     if (BT->isInteger())
10889       return false;
10890 
10891   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10892   return true;
10893 }
10894 
10895 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10896 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10897 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10898                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10899                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10900   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10901 
10902   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10903     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10904       << Prev->isScoped();
10905     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10906     return true;
10907   }
10908 
10909   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10910     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10911         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10912         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10913                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10914       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10915       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10916         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10917       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10918           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10919       return true;
10920     }
10921   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10922     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10923       << Prev->isFixed();
10924     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10925     return true;
10926   }
10927 
10928   return false;
10929 }
10930 
10931 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10932 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10933 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10934 ///
10935 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10936 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10937   switch (Tag) {
10938   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10939   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10940   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10941   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10942   }
10943 }
10944 
10945 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10946 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10947 ///
10948 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10949 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10950 {
10951   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10952 }
10953 
10954 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10955 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10956 ///
10957 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10958 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10959                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10960                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10961                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10962   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10963   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10964   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10965   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10966   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10967   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10968   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10969   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10970   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10971   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10972   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10973   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10974   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10975   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10976   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10977     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10978       return true;
10979 
10980   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10981     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10982     bool isTemplate = false;
10983     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10984       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10985 
10986     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10987       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10988       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10989       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10990         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10991         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10992       return true;
10993     }
10994 
10995     if (isDefinition) {
10996       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10997       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10998       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10999         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11000         return true;
11001       }
11002 
11003       bool previousMismatch = false;
11004       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11005         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11006           if (!previousMismatch) {
11007             previousMismatch = true;
11008             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11009               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11010               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11011           }
11012           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11013             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11014             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11015                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11016         }
11017       }
11018       return true;
11019     }
11020 
11021     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11022     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11023     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11024     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11025                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11026     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11027       return true;
11028     }
11029 
11030     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11031       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11032       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11033     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11034 
11035     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11036     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11037         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11038           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11039           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11040                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11041     }
11042 
11043     return true;
11044   }
11045   return false;
11046 }
11047 
11048 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11049 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11050 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11051 ///   namespace N {
11052 ///     struct X;
11053 ///     namespace M {
11054 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11055 ///     }
11056 ///   }
11057 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11058                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11059   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11060   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11061   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11062   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11063   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11064   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11065     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11066     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11067     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11068     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11069       return FixItHint();
11070     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11071     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11072     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11073         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11074     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11075       break;
11076   }
11077 
11078   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11079   // build an NNS.
11080   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11081   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11082   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11083     OS << "::";
11084   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11085   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11086     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11087   OS.flush();
11088   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11089 }
11090 
11091 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11092 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11093 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11094 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11095 ///
11096 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
11097 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11098 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11099                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11100                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11101                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11102                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11103                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11104                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11105                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11106                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11107                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11108                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
11109   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11110   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11111   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11112          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11113   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11114 
11115   OwnedDecl = false;
11116   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11117   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11118 
11119   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11120   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11121   bool Invalid = false;
11122 
11123   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11124   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11125   // for non-C++ cases.
11126   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11127       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11128     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11129             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11130                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11131                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11132       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11133         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11134         return nullptr;
11135       }
11136 
11137       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11138         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11139         // be a member of another template).
11140 
11141         if (Invalid)
11142           return nullptr;
11143 
11144         OwnedDecl = false;
11145         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11146                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11147                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11148                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11149                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11150                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11151                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
11152         return Result.get();
11153       } else {
11154         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11155         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11156           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11157         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11158       }
11159     }
11160   }
11161 
11162   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11163   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11164   // redeclaration.
11165   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11166 
11167   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11168     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11169       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11170       // type, default to int.
11171       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11172     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11173       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11174       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11175       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11176       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11177       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11178 
11179       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11180         // Recover by falling back to int.
11181         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11182 
11183       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11184                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11185         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11186 
11187     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11188       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11189       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11190   }
11191 
11192   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11193   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11194   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11195 
11196   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11197   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11198     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11199 
11200   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11201   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11202     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11203 
11204     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11205     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11206       Name = nullptr;
11207       goto CreateNewDecl;
11208     }
11209 
11210     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11211     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11212     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11213       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11214       if (!DC) {
11215         IsDependent = true;
11216         return nullptr;
11217       }
11218     } else {
11219       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11220       if (!DC) {
11221         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11222           << SS.getRange();
11223         return nullptr;
11224       }
11225     }
11226 
11227     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11228       return nullptr;
11229 
11230     SearchDC = DC;
11231     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11232     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11233 
11234     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11235       return nullptr;
11236 
11237     if (Previous.empty()) {
11238       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11239       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11240       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11241       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11242       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11243       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11244       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11245           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11246         IsDependent = true;
11247         return nullptr;
11248       }
11249 
11250       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11251       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11252         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11253       Name = nullptr;
11254       Invalid = true;
11255       goto CreateNewDecl;
11256     }
11257   } else if (Name) {
11258     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11259     // declaration or definition.
11260     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11261     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11262     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11263     LookupName(Previous, S);
11264 
11265     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11266     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11267     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11268         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11269       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11270       while (F.hasNext()) {
11271         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11272         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11273           F.erase();
11274       }
11275       F.done();
11276     }
11277 
11278     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11279     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11280     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11281     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11282     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11283     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11284     //
11285     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11286     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11287     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11288     //
11289     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11290     // semantic context?
11291     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11292       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11293       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11294       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11295       while (F.hasNext()) {
11296         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11297         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11298         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11299             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11300           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11301             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11302           else
11303             F.erase();
11304         }
11305       }
11306       F.done();
11307 
11308       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11309       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11310       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11311         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11312         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11313             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11314       }
11315     }
11316 
11317     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11318     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11319       return nullptr;
11320 
11321     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11322       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11323       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11324       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11325       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11326       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11327         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11328     }
11329   }
11330 
11331   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11332       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11333     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11334     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11335     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11336     Previous.clear();
11337   }
11338 
11339   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11340       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11341     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11342     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11343 
11344     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11345       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11346       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11347       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11348       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11349     }
11350   }
11351 
11352   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11353   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11354   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11355   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11356   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11357       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11358     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11359     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11360 
11361     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11362       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11363       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11364       //
11365       //          class-key identifier
11366       //
11367       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11368       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11369       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11370       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11371       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11372       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11373       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11374       //      declaration.
11375       //
11376       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11377       // C structs and unions.
11378       //
11379       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11380       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11381       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11382       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11383       //
11384       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11385       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11386       //
11387       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11388       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11389       // lexical context,
11390       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11391         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11392 
11393       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11394       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11395              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11396               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11397              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11398              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11399         S = S->getParent();
11400     } else {
11401       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11402       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11403       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11404       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11405       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11406       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11407     }
11408 
11409     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11410     // diagnose some problems.
11411     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11412       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11413       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11414     }
11415   }
11416 
11417   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11418     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11419     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11420         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11421 
11422     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11423     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11424     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11425     // in C++.
11426     //
11427     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11428     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11429     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11430     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11431     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11432       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11433         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11434           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11435           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11436               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11437                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11438             PrevDecl = Tag;
11439             Previous.clear();
11440             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11441             Previous.resolveKind();
11442           }
11443         }
11444       }
11445     }
11446 
11447     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11448       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11449       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11450       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11451       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11452           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11453                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11454         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11455         // struct or something similar.
11456         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11457                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11458                                           *Name)) {
11459           bool SafeToContinue
11460             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11461                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11462           if (SafeToContinue)
11463             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11464               << Name
11465               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11466                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11467           else
11468             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11469           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11470 
11471           if (SafeToContinue)
11472             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11473           else {
11474             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11475             Name = nullptr;
11476             Previous.clear();
11477             Invalid = true;
11478           }
11479         }
11480 
11481         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11482           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11483 
11484           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11485           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11486           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11487             if (ScopedEnum)
11488               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11489                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11490                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11491             return PrevTagDecl;
11492           }
11493 
11494           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11495           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11496             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11497           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11498             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11499 
11500           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11501           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11502           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11503           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11504                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11505             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11506         }
11507 
11508         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11509         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11510         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11511         //   and then later defined.
11512         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11513             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11514           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11515           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11516         }
11517 
11518         if (!Invalid) {
11519           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11520           // we have attributes.
11521 
11522           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11523           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11524           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11525           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11526           if (!Attr &&
11527               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11528                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11529                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11530             return PrevTagDecl;
11531 
11532           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11533           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11534             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11535               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11536               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11537               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11538               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11539               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11540                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11541                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11542                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11543                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11544                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11545                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11546                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11547                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11548               }
11549 
11550               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11551                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11552                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11553                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11554                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11555                 else
11556                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11557                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11558                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11559                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11560                 // references get the previous definition.
11561                 Name = nullptr;
11562                 Previous.clear();
11563                 Invalid = true;
11564               }
11565             } else {
11566               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11567               // about a nested redefinition.
11568               const TagType *Tag
11569                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11570               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11571                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11572                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11573                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11574                 Name = nullptr;
11575                 Previous.clear();
11576                 Invalid = true;
11577               }
11578             }
11579 
11580             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11581             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11582           }
11583 
11584           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11585           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11586           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11587           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11588             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11589             AS = AS_none;
11590           }
11591         }
11592         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11593         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11594 
11595       } else {
11596         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11597         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11598         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11599         // have distinct types.
11600         Previous.clear();
11601       }
11602       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11603       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11604       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11605 
11606 
11607     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11608     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11609     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11610     } else {
11611       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11612       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11613       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11614       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11615           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11616         unsigned Kind = 0;
11617         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11618         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11619         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11620         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11621         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11622         Invalid = true;
11623 
11624       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11625       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11626                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11627         // do nothing
11628 
11629       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11630       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11631         unsigned Kind = 0;
11632         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11633         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11634         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11635         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11636         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11637         Invalid = true;
11638 
11639       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11640       // case here.
11641       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11642         unsigned Kind = 0;
11643         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11644         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11645           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11646         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11647         Invalid = true;
11648 
11649       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11650       } else {
11651         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11652         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11653         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11654         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11655         Name = nullptr;
11656         Invalid = true;
11657       }
11658 
11659       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11660       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11661       Previous.clear();
11662     }
11663   }
11664 
11665 CreateNewDecl:
11666 
11667   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11668   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11669     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11670 
11671   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11672   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11673   // keyword.
11674   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11675 
11676   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11677   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11678   // PrevDecl.
11679   TagDecl *New;
11680 
11681   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11682   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11683     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11684     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11685     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11686                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11687                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11688     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11689     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11690       TagDecl *Def;
11691       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11692           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11693         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11694         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11695       }
11696       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11697         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11698           << New;
11699         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11700       } else {
11701         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11702         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11703           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11704         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11705           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11706         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11707 
11708         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11709         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11710         // the declaration context.
11711         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11712           IsForwardReference = true;
11713       }
11714     }
11715 
11716     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11717       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11718       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11719         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11720       else
11721         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11722       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11723     }
11724 
11725   } else {
11726     // struct/union/class
11727 
11728     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11729     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11730     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11731       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11732       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11733                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11734 
11735       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11736         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11737     } else
11738       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11739                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11740   }
11741 
11742   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11743   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11744   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11745     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11746       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11747     Invalid = true;
11748   }
11749 
11750   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11751   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11752     if (SS.isSet()) {
11753       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11754       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11755       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11756       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11757       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11758       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11759           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11760           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11761         Invalid = true;
11762 
11763       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11764       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11765         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11766                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11767                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11768       }
11769     }
11770     else
11771       Invalid = true;
11772   }
11773 
11774   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11775     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11776     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11777     //
11778     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11779     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11780     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11781     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11782     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11783     // parsing of the struct).
11784     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11785       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11786       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11787     }
11788   }
11789 
11790   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11791     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11792       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11793         << 2
11794         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11795     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11796     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11797     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11798     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11799       New->setModulePrivate();
11800   }
11801 
11802   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11803   // check the specialization.
11804   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11805     Invalid = true;
11806 
11807   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11808   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11809   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11810   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11811       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11812     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11813       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11814       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11815       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11816         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11817             << Name;
11818         Invalid = true;
11819       }
11820     } else {
11821       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11822     }
11823     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11824   }
11825 
11826   if (Invalid)
11827     New->setInvalidDecl();
11828 
11829   if (Attr)
11830     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11831 
11832   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11833   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11834   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11835 
11836   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11837   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11838   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11839   // the tag name visible.
11840   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11841     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11842 
11843   // Set the access specifier.
11844   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11845     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11846 
11847   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11848     New->startDefinition();
11849 
11850   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11851   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11852     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11853     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11854     if (PrevDecl)
11855       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11856 
11857     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11858     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11859     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11860       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11861         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11862   } else if (Name) {
11863     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11864     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11865     if (IsForwardReference)
11866       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11867 
11868   } else {
11869     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11870   }
11871 
11872   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11873   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11874     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11875         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11876         II->isStr("FILE"))
11877       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11878 
11879   if (PrevDecl)
11880     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11881 
11882   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11883   // record.
11884   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11885 
11886   OwnedDecl = true;
11887   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11888   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11889   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11890 }
11891 
11892 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11893   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11894   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11895 
11896   // Enter the tag context.
11897   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11898 
11899   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11900 
11901   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11902   // record.
11903   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11904 }
11905 
11906 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11907   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11908          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11909   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11910   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11911       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11912   CurContext = OCD;
11913   return IDecl;
11914 }
11915 
11916 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11917                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11918                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11919                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11920   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11921   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11922 
11923   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11924 
11925   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11926     return;
11927 
11928   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11929     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11930                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11931 
11932   // C++ [class]p2:
11933   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11934   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11935   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11936   //   as if it were a public member name.
11937   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11938     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11939                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11940                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11941                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11942                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11943   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11944   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11945   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11946   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11947       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11948   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11949   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11950          "Broken injected-class-name");
11951 }
11952 
11953 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11954                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11955   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11956   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11957   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11958 
11959   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11960   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11961     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11962     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11963       RD->completeDefinition();
11964   }
11965 
11966   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11967     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11968 
11969   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11970   PopDeclContext();
11971 
11972   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11973       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11974     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11975 
11976   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11977   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11978     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11979 }
11980 
11981 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11982   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11983   PopDeclContext();
11984 }
11985 
11986 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11987   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11988   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11989   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11990 }
11991 
11992 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11993   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11994   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11995 }
11996 
11997 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11998   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11999   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12000   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12001 
12002   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12003   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12004     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12005       RD->completeDefinition();
12006   }
12007 
12008   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12009   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12010   // the FieldCollector.
12011 
12012   PopDeclContext();
12013 }
12014 
12015 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12016 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12017                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12018                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12019                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12020   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12021   if (ZeroWidth)
12022     *ZeroWidth = true;
12023 
12024   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12025   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12026   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12027     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12028     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12029       return ExprError();
12030     if (FieldName)
12031       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12032         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12033     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12034       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12035   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12036                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12037     return ExprError();
12038 
12039   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12040   // it now.
12041   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12042     return BitWidth;
12043 
12044   llvm::APSInt Value;
12045   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12046   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12047     return ICE;
12048   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12049 
12050   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12051     *ZeroWidth = false;
12052 
12053   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12054   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12055     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12056 
12057   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12058     if (FieldName)
12059       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12060                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12061     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12062       << Value.toString(10);
12063   }
12064 
12065   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12066     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12067     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12068       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12069           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12070         if (FieldName)
12071           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12072             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12073             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12074 
12075         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12076           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12077       }
12078 
12079       if (FieldName)
12080         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12081           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12082           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12083       else
12084         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12085           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12086     }
12087   }
12088 
12089   return BitWidth;
12090 }
12091 
12092 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12093 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12094 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12095                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12096   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12097                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12098                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12099   return Res;
12100 }
12101 
12102 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12103 ///
12104 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12105                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12106                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12107                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12108                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12109   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12110   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12111   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12112 
12113   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12114   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12115   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12116     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12117 
12118     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12119                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12120       D.setInvalidType();
12121       T = Context.IntTy;
12122       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12123     }
12124   }
12125 
12126   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12127   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12128     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12129     D.setInvalidType();
12130   }
12131 
12132   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12133   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12134   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12135     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12136     D.setInvalidType();
12137   }
12138 
12139   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12140 
12141   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12142     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12143          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12144       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12145 
12146   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12147   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12148   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12149   LookupName(Previous, S);
12150   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12151     case LookupResult::Found:
12152     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12153       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12154       break;
12155 
12156     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12157       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12158       break;
12159 
12160     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12161     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12162     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12163       break;
12164   }
12165   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12166 
12167   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12168     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12169     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12170     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12171     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12172   }
12173 
12174   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12175     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12176 
12177   bool Mutable
12178     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12179   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12180   FieldDecl *NewFD
12181     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12182                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12183 
12184   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12185     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12186 
12187   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12188     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12189 
12190   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12191     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12192     // with the same name in the same scope.
12193   } else if (II) {
12194     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12195   } else
12196     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12197 
12198   return NewFD;
12199 }
12200 
12201 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12202 ///
12203 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12204 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12205 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12206 /// created.
12207 ///
12208 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12209 ///
12210 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12211 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12212                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12213                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12214                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12215                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12216                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12217                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12218                                 Declarator *D) {
12219   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12220   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12221   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12222 
12223   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12224   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12225   if (T.isNull()) {
12226     InvalidDecl = true;
12227     T = Context.IntTy;
12228   }
12229 
12230   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12231   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12232     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12233       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12234       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12235       InvalidDecl = true;
12236     } else {
12237       NamedDecl *Def;
12238       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12239       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12240         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12241         InvalidDecl = true;
12242       }
12243     }
12244   }
12245 
12246   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12247   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12248     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12249     InvalidDecl = true;
12250   }
12251 
12252   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12253   // than a variably modified type.
12254   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12255     bool SizeIsNegative;
12256     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12257 
12258     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12259       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12260                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12261                                                     Oversized);
12262     if (FixedTInfo) {
12263       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12264       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12265       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12266     } else {
12267       if (SizeIsNegative)
12268         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12269       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12270         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12271           << Oversized.toString(10);
12272       else
12273         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12274       InvalidDecl = true;
12275     }
12276   }
12277 
12278   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12279   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12280                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12281                                              AbstractFieldType))
12282     InvalidDecl = true;
12283 
12284   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12285   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12286   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12287     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12288                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12289     if (!BitWidth) {
12290       InvalidDecl = true;
12291       BitWidth = nullptr;
12292       ZeroWidth = false;
12293     }
12294   }
12295 
12296   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12297   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12298     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12299     if (T->isReferenceType())
12300       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12301     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12302       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12303 
12304     if (DiagID) {
12305       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12306       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12307         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12308       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12309       Mutable = false;
12310       InvalidDecl = true;
12311     }
12312   }
12313 
12314   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12315   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12316   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12317   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12318     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12319 
12320   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12321                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12322   if (InvalidDecl)
12323     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12324 
12325   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12326     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12327     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12328     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12329   }
12330 
12331   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12332     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12333       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12334         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12335         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12336           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12337           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12338           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12339           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12340           // objects.
12341           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12342             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12343         }
12344       }
12345 
12346       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12347       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12348       // enabled.
12349       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12350         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12351                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12352                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12353           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12354         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12355           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12356       }
12357     }
12358   }
12359 
12360   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12361   // representation, not a parser representation.
12362   if (D) {
12363     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12364     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12365 
12366     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12367       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12368   }
12369 
12370   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12371   // retainable type.
12372   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12373     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12374 
12375   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12376     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12377 
12378   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12379   return NewFD;
12380 }
12381 
12382 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12383   assert(FD);
12384   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12385 
12386   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12387     return false;
12388 
12389   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12390   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12391     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12392     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12393       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12394       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12395       // copy constructors.
12396 
12397       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12398       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12399       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12400       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12401       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12402       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12403       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12404         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12405       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12406         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12407       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12408         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12409       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12410         member = CXXDestructor;
12411 
12412       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12413         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12414             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12415           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12416           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12417           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12418           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12419           // members unavailable.
12420           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12421           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12422             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12423               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12424                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12425                                   Loc));
12426             return false;
12427           }
12428         }
12429 
12430         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12431                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12432                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12433           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12434         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12435         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12436       }
12437     }
12438   }
12439 
12440   return false;
12441 }
12442 
12443 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12444 ///  AST enum value.
12445 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12446 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12447   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12448   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12449   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12450   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12451   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12452   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12453   }
12454 }
12455 
12456 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12457 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12458 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12459                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12460                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12461                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12462 
12463   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12464   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12465   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12466   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12467 
12468   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12469   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12470 
12471   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12472   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12473 
12474   if (BitWidth) {
12475     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12476     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12477     if (!BitWidth)
12478       D.setInvalidType();
12479   } else {
12480     // Not a bitfield.
12481 
12482     // validate II.
12483 
12484   }
12485   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12486     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12487     D.setInvalidType();
12488   }
12489   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12490   // than a variably modified type.
12491   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12492     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12493     D.setInvalidType();
12494   }
12495 
12496   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12497   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12498     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12499                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12500   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12501   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12502   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12503     return nullptr;
12504   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12505   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12506       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12507     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12508     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12509       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12510       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12511     }
12512     else
12513       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12514   } else {
12515     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12516         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12517       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12518         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12519         return nullptr;
12520       }
12521     }
12522     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12523   }
12524 
12525   // Construct the decl.
12526   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12527                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12528                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12529 
12530   if (II) {
12531     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12532                                            ForRedeclaration);
12533     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12534         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12535       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12536       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12537       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12538     }
12539   }
12540 
12541   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12542   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12543 
12544   if (D.isInvalidType())
12545     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12546 
12547   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12548   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12549     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12550 
12551   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12552     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12553 
12554   if (II) {
12555     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12556     // these to the interface.
12557     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12558     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12559   }
12560 
12561   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12562       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12563     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12564 
12565   return NewID;
12566 }
12567 
12568 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12569 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12570 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12571 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12572 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12573                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12574   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12575     return;
12576 
12577   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12578   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12579 
12580   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12581     return;
12582   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12583   if (!ID) {
12584     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12585       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12586         return;
12587     }
12588     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12589     else
12590       return;
12591   }
12592   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12593   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12594   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12595 
12596   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12597                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12598                               Context.CharTy,
12599                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12600                                                                DeclLoc),
12601                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12602                               true);
12603   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12604 }
12605 
12606 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12607                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12608                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12609   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12610 
12611   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12612   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12613   // it will now change.
12614   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12615     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12616     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12617     default: break;
12618     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12619       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12620       break;
12621     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12622       Context.
12623         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12624       break;
12625     }
12626   }
12627 
12628   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12629 
12630   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12631   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12632   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12633   if (Record) {
12634     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12635       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12636         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12637           ++NumNamedMembers;
12638     }
12639   }
12640 
12641   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12642   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12643 
12644   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12645   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12646        i != end; ++i) {
12647     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12648 
12649     // Get the type for the field.
12650     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12651 
12652     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12653       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12654       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12655     }
12656 
12657     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12658     // diagnostics about it.
12659     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12660       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12661       continue;
12662     }
12663 
12664     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12665     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12666     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12667     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12668     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12669     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12670     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12671     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12672     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12673     //   array.
12674     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12675       // Field declared as a function.
12676       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12677         << FD->getDeclName();
12678       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12679       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12680       continue;
12681     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12682                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12683                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12684                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12685                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12686       // Flexible array member.
12687       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12688       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12689       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12690       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12691       if (Record->isUnion())
12692         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12693                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12694                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12695                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12696                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12697       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12698         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12699                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12700                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12701                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12702                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12703                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12704                                  : 0;
12705 
12706       if (DiagID)
12707         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12708                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12709       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12710       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12711       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12712       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12713       // of the type.
12714       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12715         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12716           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12717             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12718       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12719         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12720           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12721 
12722       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12723       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12724       //
12725       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12726       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12727       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12728       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12729         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12730           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12731         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12732         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12733         continue;
12734       }
12735       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12736       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12737     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12738                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12739                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12740       // Incomplete type
12741       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12742       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12743       continue;
12744     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12745       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12746         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12747         // flexible array member.
12748         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12749         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12750           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12751           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12752           // structures.
12753           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12754             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12755               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12756           else {
12757             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12758             // other structs as an extension.
12759             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12760               << FD->getDeclName();
12761           }
12762         }
12763       }
12764       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12765           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12766                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12767                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12768         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12769         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12770       }
12771       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12772         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12773       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12774         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12775     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12776       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12777       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12778         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12779       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12780       FD->setType(T);
12781     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12782                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12783       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12784       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12785       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12786       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12787       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12788       QualType T = FD->getType();
12789       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12790       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12791         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12792         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12793           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12794             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12795                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12796                               loc));
12797           }
12798         } else {
12799           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12800             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12801         }
12802         ARCErrReported = true;
12803       }
12804     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12805                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12806                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12807       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12808           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12809         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12810       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12811         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12812         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12813             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12814           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12815         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12816                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12817                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12818       }
12819     }
12820     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12821       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12822     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12823     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12824       ++NumNamedMembers;
12825   }
12826 
12827   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12828   if (Record) {
12829     bool Completed = false;
12830     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12831       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12832         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12833         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12834                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12835                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12836           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12837 
12838         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12839           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12840             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12841             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12842               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12843                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12844           }
12845 
12846           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12847           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12848 
12849           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12850           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12851           // problem now.
12852           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12853             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12854             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12855 
12856             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12857                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12858                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12859               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12860                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12861                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12862                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12863                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12864                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12865                   continue;
12866 
12867                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12868                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12869                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12870                 //   program is ill-formed.
12871                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12872                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12873                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12874                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12875                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12876                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12877                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12878                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12879                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12880                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12881 
12882                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12883               }
12884             }
12885             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12886             Completed = true;
12887           }
12888         }
12889       }
12890     }
12891 
12892     if (!Completed)
12893       Record->completeDefinition();
12894 
12895     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12896       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12897 
12898       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12899         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12900                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12901                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12902     }
12903 
12904     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12905     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12906     // compatibility problems.
12907     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12908     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12909       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12910     } else {
12911       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12912       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12913       CheckForZeroSize =
12914           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12915           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12916           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12917     }
12918     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12919       bool ZeroSize = true;
12920       bool IsEmpty = true;
12921       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12922       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12923                                       E = Record->field_end();
12924            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12925         IsEmpty = false;
12926         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12927           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12928             ZeroSize = false;
12929         } else {
12930           ++NonBitFields;
12931           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12932           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12933               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12934             ZeroSize = false;
12935         }
12936       }
12937 
12938       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12939       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12940       // extern "C" block.
12941       if (ZeroSize) {
12942         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12943                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12944                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12945           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12946       }
12947 
12948       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12949       // but are accepted by GCC.
12950       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12951         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12952                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12953           << Record->isUnion();
12954       }
12955     }
12956   } else {
12957     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12958       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12959     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12960       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12961       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12962       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12963         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12964         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12965       }
12966       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12967       // duplicates.
12968       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12969         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12970     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12971                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12972       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12973       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12974         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12975         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12976         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12977       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12978       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12979       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12980     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12981                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12982       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12983       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12984       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12985       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12986       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12987       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12988       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12989       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12990         if (IDecl) {
12991           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12992               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12993             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12994                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12995             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12996             continue;
12997           }
12998           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12999             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13000                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13001               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13002                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13003               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13004               continue;
13005             }
13006           }
13007         }
13008         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13009         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13010       }
13011       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13012       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13013     }
13014   }
13015 
13016   if (Attr)
13017     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13018 }
13019 
13020 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13021 /// the given type T.
13022 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13023                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13024                                         QualType T) {
13025   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13026   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13027 
13028   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13029     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13030       --BitWidth;
13031     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13032   }
13033   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13034 }
13035 
13036 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13037 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13038 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13039   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13040   // enum checking below.
13041   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13042   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13043   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13044     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13045   };
13046   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13047     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13048     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13049   };
13050 
13051   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13052   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13053                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13054   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13055     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13056       return Types[I];
13057 
13058   return QualType();
13059 }
13060 
13061 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13062                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13063                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13064                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13065                                           Expr *Val) {
13066   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13067   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13068   QualType EltTy;
13069 
13070   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13071     Val = nullptr;
13072 
13073   if (Val)
13074     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13075 
13076   if (Val) {
13077     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13078       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13079     else {
13080       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13081       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13082           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13083         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13084         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13085         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13086         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13087         ExprResult Converted =
13088           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13089                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13090         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13091           Val = nullptr;
13092         else
13093           Val = Converted.get();
13094       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13095                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13096                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13097         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13098       } else {
13099         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13100           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13101 
13102           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13103           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13104           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13105           // expression checking.
13106           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13107             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13108               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13109               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13110             } else
13111               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13112           } else
13113             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13114         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13115           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13116           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13117           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13118           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13119           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13120           EltTy = Val->getType();
13121         } else {
13122           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13123           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13124           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13125           //   representable as an int.
13126 
13127           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13128           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13129             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13130               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13131               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13132           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13133             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13134             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13135           }
13136           EltTy = Val->getType();
13137         }
13138       }
13139     }
13140   }
13141 
13142   if (!Val) {
13143     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13144       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13145     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13146       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13147       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13148       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13149       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13150       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13151       //
13152       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13153       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13154       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13155         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13156       }
13157       else {
13158         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13159       }
13160     } else {
13161       // Assign the last value + 1.
13162       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13163       ++EnumVal;
13164       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13165 
13166       // Check for overflow on increment.
13167       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13168         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13169         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13170         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13171         //
13172         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13173         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13174         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13175         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13176         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13177         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13178         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13179         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13180           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13181           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13182           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13183           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13184           ++EnumVal;
13185           if (Enum->isFixed())
13186             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13187             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13188               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13189               << EltTy;
13190           else
13191             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13192               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13193         } else {
13194           EltTy = T;
13195         }
13196 
13197         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13198         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13199         // value, then increment.
13200         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13201         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13202         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13203         ++EnumVal;
13204 
13205         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13206         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13207         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13208         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13209         // integral type.
13210         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13211           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13212       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13213                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13214         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13215         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13216           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13217       }
13218     }
13219   }
13220 
13221   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13222     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13223     // enumerator's type.
13224     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13225     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13226   }
13227 
13228   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13229                                   Val, EnumVal);
13230 }
13231 
13232 
13233 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13234                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13235                               AttributeList *Attr,
13236                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13237   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13238   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13239     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13240 
13241   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13242   // we find one that is.
13243   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13244 
13245   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13246   // scope.
13247   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13248                                          ForRedeclaration);
13249   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13250     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13251     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13252     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13253     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13254   }
13255 
13256   if (PrevDecl) {
13257     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13258     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13259     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13260            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13261     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13262       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13263         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13264       else
13265         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13266       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13267       return nullptr;
13268     }
13269   }
13270 
13271   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13272   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13273   // different from T:
13274   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13275   // enumerated type
13276   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13277                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13278                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13279     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13280         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13281       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13282 
13283   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13284     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13285 
13286   if (New) {
13287     // Process attributes.
13288     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13289 
13290     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13291     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13292     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13293   }
13294 
13295   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13296 
13297   return New;
13298 }
13299 
13300 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13301 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13302 // Element2 = Element1
13303 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13304 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13305 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13306 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13307   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13308   if (!InitExpr)
13309     return true;
13310   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13311 
13312   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13313     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13314       return true;
13315     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13316     if (!IL)
13317       return true;
13318     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13319       return true;
13320 
13321     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13322   }
13323 
13324   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13325   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13326   if (!DRE)
13327     return true;
13328 
13329   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13330   if (!EnumConstant)
13331     return true;
13332 
13333   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13334       Enum)
13335     return true;
13336 
13337   return false;
13338 }
13339 
13340 struct DupKey {
13341   int64_t val;
13342   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13343   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13344     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13345 };
13346 
13347 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13348   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13349                 false);
13350 }
13351 
13352 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13353   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13354   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13355   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13356     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13357   }
13358   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13359     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13360            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13361   }
13362 };
13363 
13364 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13365 // a previous element has already been set to.
13366 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13367                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13368                                         QualType EnumType) {
13369   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13370     return;
13371   // Avoid anonymous enums
13372   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13373     return;
13374 
13375   // Only check for small enums.
13376   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13377     return;
13378 
13379   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13380   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13381 
13382   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13383   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13384           ValueToVectorMap;
13385 
13386   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13387   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13388 
13389   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13390   // an initialier.
13391   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13392     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13393 
13394     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13395     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13396     if (!ECD) {
13397       return;
13398     }
13399 
13400     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13401       continue;
13402 
13403     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13404     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13405 
13406     // First time encountering this value.
13407     if (Entry.isNull())
13408       Entry = ECD;
13409   }
13410 
13411   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13412   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13413     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13414     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13415       continue;
13416 
13417     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13418 
13419     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13420     if (Entry.isNull())
13421       continue;
13422 
13423     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13424       // Ensure constants are different.
13425       if (D == ECD)
13426         continue;
13427 
13428       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13429       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13430       Vec->push_back(D);
13431       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13432 
13433       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13434       Entry = Vec;
13435 
13436       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13437       // diagnostics.
13438       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13439       continue;
13440     }
13441 
13442     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13443     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13444     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13445       continue;
13446 
13447     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13448   }
13449 
13450   // Emit diagnostics.
13451   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13452                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13453        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13454     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13455     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13456 
13457     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13458     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13459     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13460       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13461       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13462     ++I;
13463 
13464     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13465     // the same value.
13466     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13467       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13468         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13469         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13470     delete Vec;
13471   }
13472 }
13473 
13474 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13475                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13476                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13477                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13478   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13479   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13480 
13481   if (Attr)
13482     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13483 
13484   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13485     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13486       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13487         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13488       if (!ECD) continue;
13489 
13490       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13491     }
13492 
13493     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13494     return;
13495   }
13496 
13497   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13498   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13499   // emit a warning.
13500   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13501   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13502   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13503 
13504   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13505   // reverse the list.
13506   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13507   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13508 
13509   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13510   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13511 
13512   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13513     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13514       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13515     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13516 
13517     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13518 
13519     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13520     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13521       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13522                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13523     else
13524       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13525                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13526 
13527     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13528     if (AllElementsInt)
13529       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13530   }
13531 
13532   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13533   QualType BestType;
13534   unsigned BestWidth;
13535 
13536   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13537   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13538   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13539   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13540   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13541   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13542   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13543   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13544   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13545   QualType BestPromotionType;
13546 
13547   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13548   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13549   // enum definitions.
13550   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13551     Packed = true;
13552 
13553   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13554     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13555     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13556       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13557     else
13558       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13559     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13560     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13561     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13562     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13563   }
13564   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13565     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13566     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13567     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13568     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13569       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13570       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13571     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13572                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13573       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13574       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13575     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13576       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13577       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13578     } else {
13579       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13580 
13581       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13582         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13583       } else {
13584         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13585 
13586         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13587           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13588         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13589       }
13590     }
13591     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13592   } else {
13593     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13594     // all of the enumerator values.
13595     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13596     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13597       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13598       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13599       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13600     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13601       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13602       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13603       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13604     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13605       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13606       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13607       BestPromotionType
13608         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13609                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13610     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13611                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13612       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13613       BestPromotionType
13614         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13615                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13616     } else {
13617       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13618       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13619              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13620       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13621       BestPromotionType
13622         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13623                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13624     }
13625   }
13626 
13627   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13628   // the type of the enum if needed.
13629   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13630     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13631     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13632 
13633     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13634     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13635     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13636     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13637     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13638 
13639     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13640     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13641 
13642     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13643     // the enum decl type.
13644     QualType NewTy;
13645     unsigned NewWidth;
13646     bool NewSign;
13647     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13648         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13649         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13650       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13651       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13652       NewSign = true;
13653     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13654       // Already the right type!
13655       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13656         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13657         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13658         // enumeration.
13659         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13660       continue;
13661     } else {
13662       NewTy = BestType;
13663       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13664       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13665     }
13666 
13667     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13668     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13669     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13670     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13671 
13672     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13673     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13674         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13675       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13676                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13677                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13678                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13679                                                 VK_RValue));
13680     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13681       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13682       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13683       // enumeration.
13684       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13685     else
13686       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13687   }
13688 
13689   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13690                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13691 
13692   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13693 
13694   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13695   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13696     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13697 }
13698 
13699 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13700                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13701                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13702   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13703 
13704   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13705                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13706                                                    EndLoc);
13707   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13708   return New;
13709 }
13710 
13711 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13712                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13713                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13714   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13715     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13716     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13717       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13718         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13719           << M->getFullModuleName();
13720         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13721         return;
13722       }
13723       break;
13724     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13725       break;
13726     }
13727     DC = LSD->getParent();
13728   }
13729 
13730   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13731     DC = DC->getParent();
13732   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13733     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13734       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13735     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13736            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13737       << DC;
13738   }
13739 }
13740 
13741 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13742                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13743                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13744   Module *Mod =
13745       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13746                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13747   if (!Mod)
13748     return true;
13749 
13750   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13751 
13752   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13753   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13754   // silently ignoring the import.
13755   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13756     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13757         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13758   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13759     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13760         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13761 
13762   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13763   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13764   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13765     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13766     // We need the length to be consistent.
13767     if (!ModCheck)
13768       break;
13769     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13770 
13771     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13772   }
13773 
13774   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13775                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13776                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13777                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13778   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13779   return Import;
13780 }
13781 
13782 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13783   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13784 
13785   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13786   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13787                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13788 }
13789 
13790 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13791                                                       Module *Mod) {
13792   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13793   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13794     return;
13795 
13796   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13797   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13798   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13799                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13800   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13801   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13802 
13803   // Make the module visible.
13804   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13805                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13806 }
13807 
13808 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13809                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13810                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13811                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13812                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13813   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13814                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13815   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13816                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13817 
13818   if (PrevDecl)
13819     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13820   else
13821     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13822       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13823 }
13824 
13825 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13826                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13827                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13828   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13829 
13830   if (PrevDecl) {
13831     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13832   } else {
13833     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13834       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13835         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13836   }
13837 }
13838 
13839 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13840                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13841                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13842                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13843                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13844   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13845                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13846   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13847 
13848   if (PrevDecl) {
13849     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13850       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13851         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13852   } else {
13853     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13854       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13855   }
13856 }
13857 
13858 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13859   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13860 }
13861 
13862 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13863   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13864   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13865   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13866   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13867   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13868   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13869   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13870     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13871     if (R != AR_Available)
13872       return R;
13873     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13874   }
13875   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13876   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13877   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13878             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13879     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13880   }
13881   // Recover from user error.
13882   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13883 }
13884